clang 23.0.0git
Compiler.cpp
Go to the documentation of this file.
1//===--- Compiler.cpp - Code generator for expressions ---*- C++ -*-===//
2//
3// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
4// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
5// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
6//
7//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8
9#include "Compiler.h"
10#include "ByteCodeEmitter.h"
11#include "Context.h"
12#include "FixedPoint.h"
13#include "Floating.h"
14#include "Function.h"
15#include "InterpShared.h"
16#include "PrimType.h"
17#include "Program.h"
18#include "clang/AST/Attr.h"
19#include "llvm/Support/SaveAndRestore.h"
20
21using namespace clang;
22using namespace clang::interp;
23
24using APSInt = llvm::APSInt;
25
26namespace clang {
27namespace interp {
28
29static std::optional<bool> getBoolValue(const Expr *E) {
30 if (const auto *CE = dyn_cast_if_present<ConstantExpr>(E);
31 CE && CE->hasAPValueResult() &&
32 CE->getResultAPValueKind() == APValue::ValueKind::Int) {
33 return CE->getResultAsAPSInt().getBoolValue();
34 }
35
36 return std::nullopt;
37}
38
39/// Scope used to handle temporaries in toplevel variable declarations.
40template <class Emitter> class DeclScope final : public LocalScope<Emitter> {
41public:
43 : LocalScope<Emitter>(Ctx), Scope(Ctx->P),
44 OldInitializingDecl(Ctx->InitializingDecl) {
45 Ctx->InitializingDecl = VD;
46 Ctx->InitStack.push_back(InitLink::Decl(VD));
47 }
48
50 this->Ctx->InitializingDecl = OldInitializingDecl;
51 this->Ctx->InitStack.pop_back();
52 }
53
54private:
56 const ValueDecl *OldInitializingDecl;
57};
58
59/// Scope used to handle initialization methods.
60template <class Emitter> class OptionScope final {
61public:
62 /// Root constructor, compiling or discarding primitives.
63 OptionScope(Compiler<Emitter> *Ctx, bool NewDiscardResult,
64 bool NewInitializing, bool NewToLValue)
65 : Ctx(Ctx), OldDiscardResult(Ctx->DiscardResult),
66 OldInitializing(Ctx->Initializing), OldToLValue(Ctx->ToLValue) {
67 Ctx->DiscardResult = NewDiscardResult;
68 Ctx->Initializing = NewInitializing;
69 Ctx->ToLValue = NewToLValue;
70 }
71
73 Ctx->DiscardResult = OldDiscardResult;
74 Ctx->Initializing = OldInitializing;
75 Ctx->ToLValue = OldToLValue;
76 }
77
78private:
79 /// Parent context.
81 /// Old discard flag to restore.
82 bool OldDiscardResult;
83 bool OldInitializing;
84 bool OldToLValue;
85};
86
87template <class Emitter>
88bool InitLink::emit(Compiler<Emitter> *Ctx, const Expr *E) const {
89 switch (Kind) {
90 case K_This:
91 return Ctx->emitThis(E);
92 case K_Field:
93 // We're assuming there's a base pointer on the stack already.
94 return Ctx->emitGetPtrFieldPop(Offset, E);
95 case K_Temp:
96 return Ctx->emitGetPtrLocal(Offset, E);
97 case K_Decl:
98 return Ctx->visitDeclRef(D, E);
99 case K_Elem:
100 if (!Ctx->emitConstUint32(Offset, E))
101 return false;
102 return Ctx->emitArrayElemPtrPopUint32(E);
103 case K_RVO:
104 return Ctx->emitRVOPtr(E);
105 case K_InitList:
106 return true;
107 default:
108 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled InitLink kind");
109 }
110 return true;
111}
112
113/// Sets the context for break/continue statements.
114template <class Emitter> class LoopScope final {
115public:
119
120 LoopScope(Compiler<Emitter> *Ctx, const Stmt *Name, LabelTy BreakLabel,
121 LabelTy ContinueLabel)
122 : Ctx(Ctx) {
123#ifndef NDEBUG
124 for (const LabelInfo &LI : Ctx->LabelInfoStack)
125 assert(LI.Name != Name);
126#endif
127
128 this->Ctx->LabelInfoStack.emplace_back(Name, BreakLabel, ContinueLabel,
129 /*DefaultLabel=*/std::nullopt,
130 Ctx->VarScope);
131 }
132
133 ~LoopScope() { this->Ctx->LabelInfoStack.pop_back(); }
134
135private:
137};
138
139// Sets the context for a switch scope, mapping labels.
140template <class Emitter> class SwitchScope final {
141public:
146
147 SwitchScope(Compiler<Emitter> *Ctx, const Stmt *Name, CaseMap &&CaseLabels,
148 LabelTy BreakLabel, OptLabelTy DefaultLabel)
149 : Ctx(Ctx), OldCaseLabels(std::move(this->Ctx->CaseLabels)) {
150#ifndef NDEBUG
151 for (const LabelInfo &LI : Ctx->LabelInfoStack)
152 assert(LI.Name != Name);
153#endif
154
155 this->Ctx->CaseLabels = std::move(CaseLabels);
156 this->Ctx->LabelInfoStack.emplace_back(Name, BreakLabel,
157 /*ContinueLabel=*/std::nullopt,
158 DefaultLabel, Ctx->VarScope);
159 }
160
162 this->Ctx->CaseLabels = std::move(OldCaseLabels);
163 this->Ctx->LabelInfoStack.pop_back();
164 }
165
166private:
168 CaseMap OldCaseLabels;
169};
170
171template <class Emitter> class StmtExprScope final {
172public:
173 StmtExprScope(Compiler<Emitter> *Ctx) : Ctx(Ctx), OldFlag(Ctx->InStmtExpr) {
174 Ctx->InStmtExpr = true;
175 }
176
177 ~StmtExprScope() { Ctx->InStmtExpr = OldFlag; }
178
179private:
181 bool OldFlag;
182};
183
184/// When generating code for e.g. implicit field initializers in constructors,
185/// we don't have anything to point to in case the initializer causes an error.
186/// In that case, we need to disable location tracking for the initializer so
187/// we later point to the call range instead.
188template <class Emitter> class LocOverrideScope final {
189public:
191 bool Enabled = true)
192 : Ctx(Ctx), OldFlag(Ctx->LocOverride), Enabled(Enabled) {
193
194 if (Enabled)
195 Ctx->LocOverride = NewValue;
196 }
197
199 if (Enabled)
200 Ctx->LocOverride = OldFlag;
201 }
202
203private:
205 std::optional<SourceInfo> OldFlag;
206 bool Enabled;
207};
208
209} // namespace interp
210} // namespace clang
211
212template <class Emitter>
214 const Expr *SubExpr = E->getSubExpr();
215
216 if (DiscardResult)
217 return this->delegate(SubExpr);
218
219 switch (E->getCastKind()) {
220 case CK_LValueToRValue: {
221 if (ToLValue && E->getType()->isPointerType())
222 return this->delegate(SubExpr);
223
224 if (SubExpr->getType().isVolatileQualified())
225 return this->emitInvalidCast(CastKind::Volatile, /*Fatal=*/true, E);
226
227 OptPrimType SubExprT = classify(SubExpr->getType());
228 // Try to load the value directly. This is purely a performance
229 // optimization.
230 if (SubExprT) {
231 if (const auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr)) {
232 const ValueDecl *D = DRE->getDecl();
233 bool IsReference = D->getType()->isReferenceType();
234
235 if (!IsReference) {
237 if (auto GlobalIndex = P.getGlobal(D))
238 return this->emitGetGlobal(*SubExprT, *GlobalIndex, E);
239 } else if (auto It = Locals.find(D); It != Locals.end()) {
240 return this->emitGetLocal(*SubExprT, It->second.Offset, E);
241 } else if (const auto *PVD = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(D)) {
242 if (auto It = this->Params.find(PVD); It != this->Params.end()) {
243 return this->emitGetParam(*SubExprT, It->second.Index, E);
244 }
245 }
246 }
247 }
248 }
249
250 // Prepare storage for the result.
251 if (!Initializing && !SubExprT) {
252 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateLocal(SubExpr);
253 if (!LocalIndex)
254 return false;
255 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
256 return false;
257 }
258
259 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
260 return false;
261
262 if (SubExprT)
263 return this->emitLoadPop(*SubExprT, E);
264
265 // If the subexpr type is not primitive, we need to perform a copy here.
266 // This happens for example in C when dereferencing a pointer of struct
267 // type.
268 return this->emitMemcpy(E);
269 }
270
271 case CK_DerivedToBaseMemberPointer: {
272 if (E->containsErrors())
273 return false;
274 assert(classifyPrim(E) == PT_MemberPtr);
275 assert(classifyPrim(SubExpr) == PT_MemberPtr);
276
277 if (!this->delegate(SubExpr))
278 return false;
279
280 const CXXRecordDecl *CurDecl = SubExpr->getType()
282 ->getMostRecentCXXRecordDecl();
283 for (const CXXBaseSpecifier *B : E->path()) {
284 const CXXRecordDecl *ToDecl = B->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
285 unsigned DerivedOffset = Ctx.collectBaseOffset(ToDecl, CurDecl);
286
287 if (!this->emitCastMemberPtrBasePop(DerivedOffset, ToDecl, E))
288 return false;
289 CurDecl = ToDecl;
290 }
291
292 return true;
293 }
294
295 case CK_BaseToDerivedMemberPointer: {
296 if (E->containsErrors())
297 return false;
298 assert(classifyPrim(E) == PT_MemberPtr);
299 assert(classifyPrim(SubExpr) == PT_MemberPtr);
300
301 if (!this->delegate(SubExpr))
302 return false;
303
304 const CXXRecordDecl *CurDecl = SubExpr->getType()
306 ->getMostRecentCXXRecordDecl();
307 // Base-to-derived member pointer casts store the path in derived-to-base
308 // order, so iterate backwards. The CXXBaseSpecifier also provides us with
309 // the wrong end of the derived->base arc, so stagger the path by one class.
310 typedef std::reverse_iterator<CastExpr::path_const_iterator> ReverseIter;
311 for (ReverseIter PathI(E->path_end() - 1), PathE(E->path_begin());
312 PathI != PathE; ++PathI) {
313 const CXXRecordDecl *ToDecl = (*PathI)->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
314 unsigned DerivedOffset = Ctx.collectBaseOffset(CurDecl, ToDecl);
315
316 if (!this->emitCastMemberPtrDerivedPop(-DerivedOffset, ToDecl, E))
317 return false;
318 CurDecl = ToDecl;
319 }
320
321 const CXXRecordDecl *ToDecl =
322 E->getType()->castAs<MemberPointerType>()->getMostRecentCXXRecordDecl();
323 assert(ToDecl != CurDecl);
324 unsigned DerivedOffset = Ctx.collectBaseOffset(CurDecl, ToDecl);
325
326 if (!this->emitCastMemberPtrDerivedPop(-DerivedOffset, ToDecl, E))
327 return false;
328
329 return true;
330 }
331
332 case CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase:
333 case CK_DerivedToBase: {
334 if (!this->delegate(SubExpr))
335 return false;
336
337 const auto extractRecordDecl = [](QualType Ty) -> const CXXRecordDecl * {
338 if (const auto *PT = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty))
339 return PT->getPointeeType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
340 return Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
341 };
342
343 // FIXME: We can express a series of non-virtual casts as a single
344 // GetPtrBasePop op.
345 QualType CurType = SubExpr->getType();
346 for (const CXXBaseSpecifier *B : E->path()) {
347 if (B->isVirtual()) {
348 if (!this->emitGetPtrVirtBasePop(extractRecordDecl(B->getType()), E))
349 return false;
350 CurType = B->getType();
351 } else {
352 unsigned DerivedOffset = collectBaseOffset(B->getType(), CurType);
353 if (!this->emitGetPtrBasePop(
354 DerivedOffset, /*NullOK=*/E->getType()->isPointerType(), E))
355 return false;
356 CurType = B->getType();
357 }
358 }
359
360 return true;
361 }
362
363 case CK_BaseToDerived: {
364 if (!this->delegate(SubExpr))
365 return false;
366 unsigned DerivedOffset =
367 collectBaseOffset(SubExpr->getType(), E->getType());
368
369 const Type *TargetType = E->getType().getTypePtr();
370 if (TargetType->isPointerOrReferenceType())
371 TargetType = TargetType->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
372 return this->emitGetPtrDerivedPop(DerivedOffset,
373 /*NullOK=*/E->getType()->isPointerType(),
374 TargetType, E);
375 }
376
377 case CK_FloatingCast: {
378 // HLSL uses CK_FloatingCast to cast between vectors.
379 if (!SubExpr->getType()->isFloatingType() ||
380 !E->getType()->isFloatingType())
381 return false;
382 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
383 return false;
384 const auto *TargetSemantics = &Ctx.getFloatSemantics(E->getType());
385 return this->emitCastFP(TargetSemantics, getRoundingMode(E), E);
386 }
387
388 case CK_IntegralToFloating: {
389 if (!E->getType()->isRealFloatingType())
390 return false;
391 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
392 return false;
393 const auto *TargetSemantics = &Ctx.getFloatSemantics(E->getType());
394 return this->emitCastIntegralFloating(classifyPrim(SubExpr),
395 TargetSemantics, getFPOptions(E), E);
396 }
397
398 case CK_FloatingToBoolean: {
399 if (!SubExpr->getType()->isRealFloatingType() ||
400 !E->getType()->isBooleanType())
401 return false;
402 if (const auto *FL = dyn_cast<FloatingLiteral>(SubExpr))
403 return this->emitConstBool(FL->getValue().isNonZero(), E);
404 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
405 return false;
406 return this->emitCastFloatingIntegralBool(getFPOptions(E), E);
407 }
408
409 case CK_FloatingToIntegral: {
411 return false;
412 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
413 return false;
414 PrimType ToT = classifyPrim(E);
415 if (ToT == PT_IntAP)
416 return this->emitCastFloatingIntegralAP(Ctx.getBitWidth(E->getType()),
417 getFPOptions(E), E);
418 if (ToT == PT_IntAPS)
419 return this->emitCastFloatingIntegralAPS(Ctx.getBitWidth(E->getType()),
420 getFPOptions(E), E);
421
422 return this->emitCastFloatingIntegral(ToT, getFPOptions(E), E);
423 }
424
425 case CK_NullToPointer:
426 case CK_NullToMemberPointer: {
427 if (!this->discard(SubExpr))
428 return false;
429 const Descriptor *Desc = nullptr;
430 const QualType PointeeType = E->getType()->getPointeeType();
431 if (!PointeeType.isNull()) {
432 if (OptPrimType T = classify(PointeeType))
433 Desc = P.createDescriptor(SubExpr, *T);
434 else
435 Desc = P.createDescriptor(SubExpr, PointeeType.getTypePtr(),
436 std::nullopt, /*IsConst=*/true);
437 }
438
439 uint64_t Val = Ctx.getASTContext().getTargetNullPointerValue(E->getType());
440 return this->emitNull(classifyPrim(E->getType()), Val, Desc, E);
441 }
442
443 case CK_PointerToIntegral: {
444 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
445 return false;
446
447 // If SubExpr doesn't result in a pointer, make it one.
448 if (PrimType FromT = classifyPrim(SubExpr->getType()); FromT != PT_Ptr) {
449 assert(isPtrType(FromT));
450 if (!this->emitDecayPtr(FromT, PT_Ptr, E))
451 return false;
452 }
453
454 PrimType T = classifyPrim(E->getType());
455 if (T == PT_IntAP)
456 return this->emitCastPointerIntegralAP(Ctx.getBitWidth(E->getType()), E);
457 if (T == PT_IntAPS)
458 return this->emitCastPointerIntegralAPS(Ctx.getBitWidth(E->getType()), E);
459 return this->emitCastPointerIntegral(T, E);
460 }
461
462 case CK_ArrayToPointerDecay: {
463 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
464 return false;
465 return this->emitArrayDecay(E);
466 }
467
468 case CK_IntegralToPointer: {
469 QualType IntType = SubExpr->getType();
470 assert(IntType->isIntegralOrEnumerationType());
471 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
472 return false;
473 // FIXME: I think the discard is wrong since the int->ptr cast might cause a
474 // diagnostic.
475 PrimType T = classifyPrim(IntType);
476 QualType PtrType = E->getType();
477 const Descriptor *Desc;
478 if (OptPrimType T = classify(PtrType->getPointeeType()))
479 Desc = P.createDescriptor(SubExpr, *T);
480 else if (PtrType->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
481 Desc = nullptr;
482 else
483 Desc = P.createDescriptor(E, PtrType->getPointeeType().getTypePtr(),
484 Descriptor::InlineDescMD, /*IsConst=*/true);
485
486 if (!this->emitGetIntPtr(T, Desc, E))
487 return false;
488
489 PrimType DestPtrT = classifyPrim(PtrType);
490 if (DestPtrT == PT_Ptr)
491 return true;
492
493 // In case we're converting the integer to a non-Pointer.
494 return this->emitDecayPtr(PT_Ptr, DestPtrT, E);
495 }
496
497 case CK_AtomicToNonAtomic:
498 case CK_ConstructorConversion:
499 case CK_FunctionToPointerDecay:
500 case CK_NonAtomicToAtomic:
501 case CK_NoOp:
502 case CK_UserDefinedConversion:
503 case CK_AddressSpaceConversion:
504 case CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast:
505 return this->delegate(SubExpr);
506
507 case CK_BitCast: {
508 if (E->containsErrors())
509 return false;
510 QualType ETy = E->getType();
511 // Reject bitcasts to atomic types.
512 if (ETy->isAtomicType()) {
513 if (!this->discard(SubExpr))
514 return false;
515 return this->emitInvalidCast(CastKind::Reinterpret, /*Fatal=*/true, E);
516 }
517 QualType SubExprTy = SubExpr->getType();
518 OptPrimType FromT = classify(SubExprTy);
519 // Casts from integer/vector to vector.
520 if (E->getType()->isVectorType())
521 return this->emitBuiltinBitCast(E);
522
523 OptPrimType ToT = classify(E->getType());
524 if (!FromT || !ToT)
525 return false;
526
527 assert(isPtrType(*FromT));
528 assert(isPtrType(*ToT));
529 bool SrcIsVoidPtr = SubExprTy->isVoidPointerType();
530 if (FromT == ToT) {
531 if (E->getType()->isVoidPointerType() &&
532 !SubExprTy->isFunctionPointerType()) {
533 return this->delegate(SubExpr);
534 }
535
536 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
537 return false;
538 if (!this->emitCheckBitCast(ETy->getPointeeType().getTypePtr(),
539 SrcIsVoidPtr, E))
540 return false;
541
542 if (E->getType()->isFunctionPointerType() ||
543 SubExprTy->isFunctionPointerType()) {
544 return this->emitFnPtrCast(E);
545 }
546 if (FromT == PT_Ptr)
547 return this->emitPtrPtrCast(SubExprTy->isVoidPointerType(), E);
548 return true;
549 }
550
551 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
552 return false;
553 return this->emitDecayPtr(*FromT, *ToT, E);
554 }
555 case CK_IntegralToBoolean:
556 case CK_FixedPointToBoolean: {
557 // HLSL uses this to cast to one-element vectors.
558 OptPrimType FromT = classify(SubExpr->getType());
559 if (!FromT)
560 return false;
561
562 if (const auto *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(SubExpr))
563 return this->emitConst(IL->getValue(), E);
564 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
565 return false;
566 return this->emitCast(*FromT, classifyPrim(E), E);
567 }
568
569 case CK_BooleanToSignedIntegral:
570 case CK_IntegralCast: {
571 OptPrimType FromT = classify(SubExpr->getType());
572 OptPrimType ToT = classify(E->getType());
573 if (!FromT || !ToT)
574 return false;
575
576 // Try to emit a casted known constant value directly.
577 if (const auto *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(SubExpr)) {
578 if (ToT != PT_IntAP && ToT != PT_IntAPS && FromT != PT_IntAP &&
579 FromT != PT_IntAPS && !E->getType()->isEnumeralType())
580 return this->emitConst(APSInt(IL->getValue(), !isSignedType(*FromT)),
581 E);
582 if (!this->emitConst(IL->getValue(), SubExpr))
583 return false;
584 } else {
585 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
586 return false;
587 }
588
589 // Possibly diagnose casts to enum types if the target type does not
590 // have a fixed size.
591 if (Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && E->getType()->isEnumeralType()) {
592 const auto *ED = E->getType()->castAsEnumDecl();
593 if (!ED->isFixed()) {
594 if (!this->emitCheckEnumValue(*FromT, ED, E))
595 return false;
596 }
597 }
598
599 if (ToT == PT_IntAP) {
600 if (!this->emitCastAP(*FromT, Ctx.getBitWidth(E->getType()), E))
601 return false;
602 } else if (ToT == PT_IntAPS) {
603 if (!this->emitCastAPS(*FromT, Ctx.getBitWidth(E->getType()), E))
604 return false;
605 } else {
606 if (FromT == ToT)
607 return true;
608 if (!this->emitCast(*FromT, *ToT, E))
609 return false;
610 }
611 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_BooleanToSignedIntegral)
612 return this->emitNeg(*ToT, E);
613 return true;
614 }
615
616 case CK_PointerToBoolean:
617 case CK_MemberPointerToBoolean: {
618 PrimType PtrT = classifyPrim(SubExpr->getType());
619
620 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
621 return false;
622 return this->emitIsNonNull(PtrT, E);
623 }
624
625 case CK_IntegralComplexToBoolean:
626 case CK_FloatingComplexToBoolean: {
627 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
628 return false;
629 return this->emitComplexBoolCast(SubExpr);
630 }
631
632 case CK_IntegralComplexToReal:
633 case CK_FloatingComplexToReal:
634 return this->emitComplexReal(SubExpr);
635
636 case CK_IntegralRealToComplex:
637 case CK_FloatingRealToComplex: {
638 // We're creating a complex value here, so we need to
639 // allocate storage for it.
640 if (!Initializing) {
641 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateTemporary(E);
642 if (!LocalIndex)
643 return false;
644 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
645 return false;
646 }
647
648 PrimType T = classifyPrim(SubExpr->getType());
649 // Init the complex value to {SubExpr, 0}.
650 if (!this->visitArrayElemInit(0, SubExpr, T))
651 return false;
652 // Zero-init the second element.
653 if (!this->visitZeroInitializer(T, SubExpr->getType(), SubExpr))
654 return false;
655 return this->emitInitElem(T, 1, SubExpr);
656 }
657
658 case CK_IntegralComplexCast:
659 case CK_FloatingComplexCast:
660 case CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex:
661 case CK_FloatingComplexToIntegralComplex: {
662 assert(E->getType()->isAnyComplexType());
663 assert(SubExpr->getType()->isAnyComplexType());
664 if (!Initializing) {
665 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateLocal(E);
666 if (!LocalIndex)
667 return false;
668 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
669 return false;
670 }
671
672 // Location for the SubExpr.
673 // Since SubExpr is of complex type, visiting it results in a pointer
674 // anyway, so we just create a temporary pointer variable.
675 unsigned SubExprOffset =
676 allocateLocalPrimitive(SubExpr, PT_Ptr, /*IsConst=*/true);
677 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
678 return false;
679 if (!this->emitSetLocal(PT_Ptr, SubExprOffset, E))
680 return false;
681
682 PrimType SourceElemT = classifyComplexElementType(SubExpr->getType());
683 QualType DestElemType =
684 E->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
685 PrimType DestElemT = classifyPrim(DestElemType);
686 // Cast both elements individually.
687 for (unsigned I = 0; I != 2; ++I) {
688 if (!this->emitGetLocal(PT_Ptr, SubExprOffset, E))
689 return false;
690 if (!this->emitArrayElemPop(SourceElemT, I, E))
691 return false;
692
693 // Do the cast.
694 if (!this->emitPrimCast(SourceElemT, DestElemT, DestElemType, E))
695 return false;
696
697 // Save the value.
698 if (!this->emitInitElem(DestElemT, I, E))
699 return false;
700 }
701 return true;
702 }
703
704 case CK_VectorSplat: {
705 assert(!canClassify(E->getType()));
706 assert(E->getType()->isVectorType());
707
708 if (!canClassify(SubExpr->getType()))
709 return false;
710
711 if (!Initializing) {
712 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateLocal(E);
713 if (!LocalIndex)
714 return false;
715 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
716 return false;
717 }
718
719 const auto *VT = E->getType()->getAs<VectorType>();
720 PrimType ElemT = classifyPrim(SubExpr->getType());
721 unsigned ElemOffset =
722 allocateLocalPrimitive(SubExpr, ElemT, /*IsConst=*/true);
723
724 // Prepare a local variable for the scalar value.
725 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
726 return false;
727 if (classifyPrim(SubExpr) == PT_Ptr && !this->emitLoadPop(ElemT, E))
728 return false;
729
730 if (!this->emitSetLocal(ElemT, ElemOffset, E))
731 return false;
732
733 for (unsigned I = 0; I != VT->getNumElements(); ++I) {
734 if (!this->emitGetLocal(ElemT, ElemOffset, E))
735 return false;
736 if (!this->emitInitElem(ElemT, I, E))
737 return false;
738 }
739
740 return true;
741 }
742
743 case CK_HLSLVectorTruncation: {
744 assert(SubExpr->getType()->isVectorType());
745 if (OptPrimType ResultT = classify(E)) {
746 assert(!DiscardResult);
747 // Result must be either a float or integer. Take the first element.
748 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
749 return false;
750 return this->emitArrayElemPop(*ResultT, 0, E);
751 }
752 // Otherwise, this truncates from one vector type to another.
753 assert(E->getType()->isVectorType());
754
755 if (!Initializing) {
756 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateTemporary(E);
757 if (!LocalIndex)
758 return false;
759 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
760 return false;
761 }
762 unsigned ToSize = E->getType()->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements();
763 assert(SubExpr->getType()->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements() > ToSize);
764 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
765 return false;
766 return this->emitCopyArray(classifyVectorElementType(E->getType()), 0, 0,
767 ToSize, E);
768 };
769
770 case CK_IntegralToFixedPoint: {
771 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
772 return false;
773
774 auto Sem =
775 Ctx.getASTContext().getFixedPointSemantics(E->getType()).toOpaqueInt();
776 if (!this->emitCastIntegralFixedPoint(classifyPrim(SubExpr->getType()), Sem,
777 E))
778 return false;
779 if (DiscardResult)
780 return this->emitPopFixedPoint(E);
781 return true;
782 }
783 case CK_FloatingToFixedPoint: {
784 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
785 return false;
786
787 auto Sem =
788 Ctx.getASTContext().getFixedPointSemantics(E->getType()).toOpaqueInt();
789 if (!this->emitCastFloatingFixedPoint(Sem, E))
790 return false;
791 if (DiscardResult)
792 return this->emitPopFixedPoint(E);
793 return true;
794 }
795 case CK_FixedPointToFloating: {
796 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
797 return false;
798 const auto *TargetSemantics = &Ctx.getFloatSemantics(E->getType());
799 if (!this->emitCastFixedPointFloating(TargetSemantics, E))
800 return false;
801 if (DiscardResult)
802 return this->emitPopFloat(E);
803 return true;
804 }
805 case CK_FixedPointToIntegral: {
806 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
807 return false;
808 PrimType IntegralT = classifyPrim(E->getType());
809 if (!this->emitCastFixedPointIntegral(IntegralT, E))
810 return false;
811 if (DiscardResult)
812 return this->emitPop(IntegralT, E);
813 return true;
814 }
815 case CK_FixedPointCast: {
816 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
817 return false;
818 auto Sem =
819 Ctx.getASTContext().getFixedPointSemantics(E->getType()).toOpaqueInt();
820 if (!this->emitCastFixedPoint(Sem, E))
821 return false;
822 if (DiscardResult)
823 return this->emitPopFixedPoint(E);
824 return true;
825 }
826
827 case CK_ToVoid:
828 return discard(SubExpr);
829
830 case CK_Dynamic:
831 // This initially goes through VisitCXXDynamicCastExpr, where we emit
832 // a diagnostic if appropriate.
833 return this->delegate(SubExpr);
834
835 case CK_LValueBitCast:
836 return this->emitInvalidCast(CastKind::ReinterpretLike, /*Fatal=*/true, E);
837
838 case CK_HLSLArrayRValue: {
839 // Non-decaying array rvalue cast - creates an rvalue copy of an lvalue
840 // array, similar to LValueToRValue for composite types.
841 if (!Initializing) {
842 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateLocal(E);
843 if (!LocalIndex)
844 return false;
845 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
846 return false;
847 }
848 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
849 return false;
850 return this->emitMemcpy(E);
851 }
852
853 case CK_HLSLMatrixTruncation: {
854 assert(SubExpr->getType()->isConstantMatrixType());
855 if (OptPrimType ResultT = classify(E)) {
856 assert(!DiscardResult);
857 // Result must be either a float or integer. Take the first element.
858 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
859 return false;
860 return this->emitArrayElemPop(*ResultT, 0, E);
861 }
862 // Otherwise, this truncates to a a constant matrix type.
863 assert(E->getType()->isConstantMatrixType());
864
865 if (!Initializing) {
866 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateTemporary(E);
867 if (!LocalIndex)
868 return false;
869 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
870 return false;
871 }
872 unsigned ToSize =
873 E->getType()->getAs<ConstantMatrixType>()->getNumElementsFlattened();
874 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
875 return false;
876 return this->emitCopyArray(classifyMatrixElementType(SubExpr->getType()), 0,
877 0, ToSize, E);
878 }
879
880 case CK_HLSLAggregateSplatCast: {
881 // Aggregate splat cast: convert a scalar value to one of an aggregate type
882 // by replicating and casting the scalar to every element of the destination
883 // aggregate (vector, matrix, array, or struct).
884 assert(canClassify(SubExpr->getType()));
885
886 if (!Initializing) {
887 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateLocal(E);
888 if (!LocalIndex)
889 return false;
890 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
891 return false;
892 }
893
894 // The scalar to be splatted is stored in a local to be repeatedly loaded
895 // once for every scalar element of the destination.
896 PrimType SrcElemT = classifyPrim(SubExpr->getType());
897 unsigned SrcOffset =
898 allocateLocalPrimitive(SubExpr, SrcElemT, /*IsConst=*/true);
899
900 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
901 return false;
902 if (!this->emitSetLocal(SrcElemT, SrcOffset, E))
903 return false;
904
905 // Recursively splat the scalar into every element of the destination.
906 return emitHLSLAggregateSplat(SrcElemT, SrcOffset, E->getType(), E);
907 }
908
909 case CK_HLSLElementwiseCast: {
910 // Elementwise cast: flatten the elements of one aggregate source type and
911 // store to a destination scalar or aggregate type of the same or fewer
912 // number of elements. Casts are inserted element-wise to convert each
913 // source scalar element to its corresponding destination scalar element.
914 QualType SrcType = SubExpr->getType();
915 QualType DestType = E->getType();
916
917 if (OptPrimType DestT = classify(DestType)) {
918 // When the destination is a scalar, we only need the first scalar
919 // element of the source.
920 unsigned SrcPtrOffset =
921 allocateLocalPrimitive(SubExpr, PT_Ptr, /*IsConst=*/true);
922 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
923 return false;
924 if (!this->emitSetLocal(PT_Ptr, SrcPtrOffset, E))
925 return false;
926
928 if (!emitHLSLFlattenAggregate(SrcType, SrcPtrOffset, Elements, 1, E))
929 return false;
930 if (Elements.empty())
931 return false;
932
933 const HLSLFlatElement &Src = Elements[0];
934 if (!this->emitGetLocal(Src.Type, Src.LocalOffset, E))
935 return false;
936 return this->emitPrimCast(Src.Type, *DestT, DestType, E);
937 }
938
939 if (!Initializing) {
940 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateLocal(E);
941 if (!LocalIndex)
942 return false;
943 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
944 return false;
945 }
946
947 unsigned SrcOffset =
948 allocateLocalPrimitive(SubExpr, PT_Ptr, /*IsConst=*/true);
949 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
950 return false;
951 if (!this->emitSetLocal(PT_Ptr, SrcOffset, E))
952 return false;
953
954 // Only flatten as many source elements as the destination requires.
955 unsigned ElemCount = countHLSLFlatElements(DestType);
956
958 Elements.reserve(ElemCount);
959 if (!emitHLSLFlattenAggregate(SrcType, SrcOffset, Elements, ElemCount, E))
960 return false;
961
962 // Sema is expected to reject an elementwise cast whose source has fewer
963 // scalar elements than the destination.
964 assert(Elements.size() == ElemCount &&
965 "Source type has fewer scalar elements than the destination type");
966
967 return emitHLSLConstructAggregate(DestType, Elements, E);
968 }
969
970 case CK_ToUnion: {
971 const FieldDecl *UnionField = E->getTargetUnionField();
972 const Record *R = this->getRecord(E->getType());
973 assert(R);
974 const Record::Field *RF = R->getField(UnionField);
975 QualType FieldType = RF->Decl->getType();
976
977 if (OptPrimType PT = classify(FieldType)) {
978 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
979 return false;
980 if (RF->isBitField())
981 return this->emitInitBitFieldActivate(*PT, RF->Offset, RF->bitWidth(),
982 E);
983 return this->emitInitFieldActivate(*PT, RF->Offset, E);
984 }
985
986 if (!this->emitGetPtrField(RF->Offset, E))
987 return false;
988 if (!this->emitActivate(E))
989 return false;
990 return this->visitInitializerPop(SubExpr);
991 }
992
993 default:
994 return this->emitInvalid(E);
995 }
996 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled clang::CastKind enum");
997}
998
999template <class Emitter>
1001 return this->emitBuiltinBitCast(E);
1002}
1003
1004template <class Emitter>
1006 if (DiscardResult)
1007 return true;
1008
1009 return this->emitConst(LE->getValue(), LE);
1010}
1011
1012template <class Emitter>
1014 if (DiscardResult)
1015 return true;
1016
1017 APFloat F = E->getValue();
1018 return this->emitFloat(F, E);
1019}
1020
1021template <class Emitter>
1023 assert(E->getType()->isAnyComplexType());
1024 if (DiscardResult)
1025 return true;
1026
1027 if (!Initializing) {
1028 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateTemporary(E);
1029 if (!LocalIndex)
1030 return false;
1031 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
1032 return false;
1033 }
1034
1035 const Expr *SubExpr = E->getSubExpr();
1036 PrimType SubExprT = classifyPrim(SubExpr->getType());
1037
1038 if (!this->visitZeroInitializer(SubExprT, SubExpr->getType(), SubExpr))
1039 return false;
1040 if (!this->emitInitElem(SubExprT, 0, SubExpr))
1041 return false;
1042 return this->visitArrayElemInit(1, SubExpr, SubExprT);
1043}
1044
1045template <class Emitter>
1047 assert(E->getType()->isFixedPointType());
1048 assert(classifyPrim(E) == PT_FixedPoint);
1049
1050 if (DiscardResult)
1051 return true;
1052
1053 auto Sem = Ctx.getASTContext().getFixedPointSemantics(E->getType());
1054 APInt Value = E->getValue();
1055 return this->emitConstFixedPoint(FixedPoint(Value, Sem), E);
1056}
1057
1058template <class Emitter>
1060 return this->delegate(E->getSubExpr());
1061}
1062
1063template <class Emitter>
1065 // Need short-circuiting for these.
1066 if (E->isLogicalOp() && !E->getType()->isVectorType())
1067 return this->VisitLogicalBinOp(E);
1068
1069 const Expr *LHS = E->getLHS();
1070 const Expr *RHS = E->getRHS();
1071
1072 // Handle comma operators. Just discard the LHS
1073 // and delegate to RHS.
1074 if (E->isCommaOp()) {
1075 if (!this->discard(LHS))
1076 return false;
1077 if (RHS->getType()->isVoidType())
1078 return this->discard(RHS);
1079
1080 return this->delegate(RHS);
1081 }
1082
1083 if (E->getType()->isAnyComplexType())
1084 return this->VisitComplexBinOp(E);
1085 if (E->getType()->isVectorType())
1086 return this->VisitVectorBinOp(E);
1087 if ((LHS->getType()->isAnyComplexType() ||
1088 RHS->getType()->isAnyComplexType()) &&
1089 E->isComparisonOp())
1090 return this->emitComplexComparison(LHS, RHS, E);
1091 if (LHS->getType()->isFixedPointType() || RHS->getType()->isFixedPointType())
1092 return this->VisitFixedPointBinOp(E);
1093
1094 if (E->isPtrMemOp()) {
1095 if (E->containsErrors())
1096 return false;
1097
1098 if (!this->visit(LHS))
1099 return false;
1100
1101 if (!this->visit(RHS))
1102 return false;
1103
1104 if (!this->emitToMemberPtr(E))
1105 return false;
1106
1107 if (classifyPrim(E) == PT_MemberPtr)
1108 return true;
1109
1110 if (!this->emitCastMemberPtrPtr(E))
1111 return false;
1112 return DiscardResult ? this->emitPopPtr(E) : true;
1113 }
1114
1115 // Typecheck the args.
1116 OptPrimType LT = classify(LHS);
1117 OptPrimType RT = classify(RHS);
1118 OptPrimType T = classify(E->getType());
1119
1120 // Special case for C++'s three-way/spaceship operator <=>, which
1121 // returns a std::{strong,weak,partial}_ordering (which is a class, so doesn't
1122 // have a PrimType).
1123 if (!T && E->getOpcode() == BO_Cmp) {
1124 if (DiscardResult)
1125 return true;
1126 const ComparisonCategoryInfo *CmpInfo =
1127 Ctx.getASTContext().CompCategories.lookupInfoForType(E->getType());
1128 assert(CmpInfo);
1129
1130 // We need a temporary variable holding our return value.
1131 if (!Initializing) {
1132 UnsignedOrNone ResultIndex = this->allocateLocal(E);
1133 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*ResultIndex, E))
1134 return false;
1135 }
1136
1137 if (!visit(LHS) || !visit(RHS))
1138 return false;
1139
1140 return this->emitCMP3(*LT, CmpInfo, E);
1141 }
1142
1143 if (!LT || !RT || !T)
1144 return false;
1145
1146 // Pointer arithmetic special case.
1147 if (E->getOpcode() == BO_Add || E->getOpcode() == BO_Sub) {
1148 if (isPtrType(*T) || (isPtrType(*LT) && isPtrType(*RT)))
1149 return this->VisitPointerArithBinOp(E);
1150 }
1151
1152 if (E->getOpcode() == BO_Assign)
1153 return this->visitAssignment(LHS, RHS, E);
1154
1155 if (!visit(LHS) || !visit(RHS))
1156 return false;
1157
1158 // For languages such as C, cast the result of one
1159 // of our comparision opcodes to T (which is usually int).
1160 auto MaybeCastToBool = [this, T, E](bool Result) {
1161 if (!Result)
1162 return false;
1163 if (DiscardResult)
1164 return this->emitPopBool(E);
1165 if (T != PT_Bool)
1166 return this->emitCast(PT_Bool, *T, E);
1167 return true;
1168 };
1169
1170 auto Discard = [this, T, E](bool Result) {
1171 if (!Result)
1172 return false;
1173 return DiscardResult ? this->emitPop(*T, E) : true;
1174 };
1175
1176 switch (E->getOpcode()) {
1177 case BO_EQ:
1178 return MaybeCastToBool(this->emitEQ(*LT, E));
1179 case BO_NE:
1180 return MaybeCastToBool(this->emitNE(*LT, E));
1181 case BO_LT:
1182 return MaybeCastToBool(this->emitLT(*LT, E));
1183 case BO_LE:
1184 return MaybeCastToBool(this->emitLE(*LT, E));
1185 case BO_GT:
1186 return MaybeCastToBool(this->emitGT(*LT, E));
1187 case BO_GE:
1188 return MaybeCastToBool(this->emitGE(*LT, E));
1189 case BO_Sub:
1190 if (E->getType()->isFloatingType())
1191 return Discard(this->emitSubf(getFPOptions(E), E));
1192 return Discard(this->emitSub(*T, E));
1193 case BO_Add:
1194 if (E->getType()->isFloatingType())
1195 return Discard(this->emitAddf(getFPOptions(E), E));
1196 return Discard(this->emitAdd(*T, E));
1197 case BO_Mul:
1198 if (E->getType()->isFloatingType())
1199 return Discard(this->emitMulf(getFPOptions(E), E));
1200 return Discard(this->emitMul(*T, E));
1201 case BO_Rem:
1202 return Discard(this->emitRem(*T, E));
1203 case BO_Div:
1204 if (E->getType()->isFloatingType())
1205 return Discard(this->emitDivf(getFPOptions(E), E));
1206 return Discard(this->emitDiv(*T, E));
1207 case BO_And:
1208 return Discard(this->emitBitAnd(*T, E));
1209 case BO_Or:
1210 return Discard(this->emitBitOr(*T, E));
1211 case BO_Shl:
1212 return Discard(this->emitShl(*LT, *RT, E));
1213 case BO_Shr:
1214 return Discard(this->emitShr(*LT, *RT, E));
1215 case BO_Xor:
1216 return Discard(this->emitBitXor(*T, E));
1217 case BO_LOr:
1218 case BO_LAnd:
1219 llvm_unreachable("Already handled earlier");
1220 default:
1221 return false;
1222 }
1223
1224 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled binary op");
1225}
1226
1227/// Perform addition/subtraction of a pointer and an integer or
1228/// subtraction of two pointers.
1229template <class Emitter>
1231 BinaryOperatorKind Op = E->getOpcode();
1232 const Expr *LHS = E->getLHS();
1233 const Expr *RHS = E->getRHS();
1234
1235 if ((Op != BO_Add && Op != BO_Sub) ||
1236 (!LHS->getType()->isPointerType() && !RHS->getType()->isPointerType()))
1237 return false;
1238
1239 OptPrimType LT = classify(LHS);
1240 OptPrimType RT = classify(RHS);
1241
1242 if (!LT || !RT)
1243 return false;
1244
1245 // Visit the given pointer expression and optionally convert to a PT_Ptr.
1246 auto visitAsPointer = [&](const Expr *E, PrimType T) -> bool {
1247 if (!this->visit(E))
1248 return false;
1249 if (T != PT_Ptr)
1250 return this->emitDecayPtr(T, PT_Ptr, E);
1251 return true;
1252 };
1253
1254 if (LHS->getType()->isPointerType() && RHS->getType()->isPointerType()) {
1255 if (Op != BO_Sub)
1256 return false;
1257
1258 assert(E->getType()->isIntegerType());
1259 if (!visitAsPointer(RHS, *RT) || !visitAsPointer(LHS, *LT))
1260 return false;
1261
1262 QualType ElemType = LHS->getType()->getPointeeType();
1263 CharUnits ElemTypeSize;
1264 if (ElemType->isVoidType() || ElemType->isFunctionType())
1265 ElemTypeSize = CharUnits::One();
1266 else
1267 ElemTypeSize = Ctx.getASTContext().getTypeSizeInChars(ElemType);
1268
1269 PrimType IntT = classifyPrim(E->getType());
1270 if (!this->emitSubPtr(IntT, ElemTypeSize.isZero(), E))
1271 return false;
1272 return DiscardResult ? this->emitPop(IntT, E) : true;
1273 }
1274
1275 PrimType OffsetType;
1276 if (LHS->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
1277 if (!visitAsPointer(RHS, *RT))
1278 return false;
1279 if (!this->visit(LHS))
1280 return false;
1281 OffsetType = *LT;
1282 } else if (RHS->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
1283 if (!visitAsPointer(LHS, *LT))
1284 return false;
1285 if (!this->visit(RHS))
1286 return false;
1287 OffsetType = *RT;
1288 } else {
1289 return false;
1290 }
1291
1292 // Do the operation and optionally transform to
1293 // result pointer type.
1294 switch (Op) {
1295 case BO_Add:
1296 if (!this->emitAddOffset(OffsetType, E))
1297 return false;
1298 break;
1299 case BO_Sub:
1300 if (!this->emitSubOffset(OffsetType, E))
1301 return false;
1302 break;
1303 default:
1304 return false;
1305 }
1306
1307 if (classifyPrim(E) != PT_Ptr) {
1308 if (!this->emitDecayPtr(PT_Ptr, classifyPrim(E), E))
1309 return false;
1310 }
1311
1312 if (DiscardResult)
1313 return this->emitPop(classifyPrim(E), E);
1314 return true;
1315}
1316
1317template <class Emitter>
1319 assert(E->isLogicalOp());
1320 BinaryOperatorKind Op = E->getOpcode();
1321 const Expr *LHS = E->getLHS();
1322 const Expr *RHS = E->getRHS();
1323 OptPrimType T = classify(E->getType());
1324
1325 if (Op == BO_LOr) {
1326 // Logical OR. Visit LHS and only evaluate RHS if LHS was FALSE.
1327 LabelTy LabelTrue = this->getLabel();
1328 LabelTy LabelEnd = this->getLabel();
1329
1330 if (!this->visitBool(LHS))
1331 return false;
1332 if (!this->jumpTrue(LabelTrue, E))
1333 return false;
1334
1335 if (!this->visitBool(RHS))
1336 return false;
1337 if (!this->jump(LabelEnd, E))
1338 return false;
1339
1340 this->emitLabel(LabelTrue);
1341 this->emitConstBool(true, E);
1342 this->fallthrough(LabelEnd);
1343 this->emitLabel(LabelEnd);
1344
1345 } else {
1346 assert(Op == BO_LAnd);
1347 // Logical AND.
1348 // Visit LHS. Only visit RHS if LHS was TRUE.
1349 LabelTy LabelFalse = this->getLabel();
1350 LabelTy LabelEnd = this->getLabel();
1351
1352 if (!this->visitBool(LHS))
1353 return false;
1354 if (!this->jumpFalse(LabelFalse, E))
1355 return false;
1356
1357 if (!this->visitBool(RHS))
1358 return false;
1359 if (!this->jump(LabelEnd, E))
1360 return false;
1361
1362 this->emitLabel(LabelFalse);
1363 this->emitConstBool(false, E);
1364 this->fallthrough(LabelEnd);
1365 this->emitLabel(LabelEnd);
1366 }
1367
1368 if (DiscardResult)
1369 return this->emitPopBool(E);
1370
1371 // For C, cast back to integer type.
1372 assert(T);
1373 if (T != PT_Bool)
1374 return this->emitCast(PT_Bool, *T, E);
1375 return true;
1376}
1377
1378template <class Emitter>
1380 // Prepare storage for result.
1381 if (!Initializing) {
1382 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateTemporary(E);
1383 if (!LocalIndex)
1384 return false;
1385 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
1386 return false;
1387 }
1388
1389 // Both LHS and RHS might _not_ be of complex type, but one of them
1390 // needs to be.
1391 const Expr *LHS = E->getLHS();
1392 const Expr *RHS = E->getRHS();
1393
1394 PrimType ResultElemT = this->classifyComplexElementType(E->getType());
1395 unsigned ResultOffset = ~0u;
1396 if (!DiscardResult)
1397 ResultOffset = this->allocateLocalPrimitive(E, PT_Ptr, /*IsConst=*/true);
1398
1399 // Save result pointer in ResultOffset
1400 if (!this->DiscardResult) {
1401 if (!this->emitDupPtr(E))
1402 return false;
1403 if (!this->emitSetLocal(PT_Ptr, ResultOffset, E))
1404 return false;
1405 }
1406 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
1407 if (const auto *AT = LHSType->getAs<AtomicType>())
1408 LHSType = AT->getValueType();
1409 QualType RHSType = RHS->getType();
1410 if (const auto *AT = RHSType->getAs<AtomicType>())
1411 RHSType = AT->getValueType();
1412
1413 bool LHSIsComplex = LHSType->isAnyComplexType();
1414 unsigned LHSOffset;
1415 bool RHSIsComplex = RHSType->isAnyComplexType();
1416
1417 // For ComplexComplex Mul, we have special ops to make their implementation
1418 // easier.
1419 BinaryOperatorKind Op = E->getOpcode();
1420 if (Op == BO_Mul && LHSIsComplex && RHSIsComplex) {
1421 assert(classifyPrim(LHSType->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType()) ==
1423 PrimType ElemT =
1425 if (!this->visit(LHS))
1426 return false;
1427 if (!this->visit(RHS))
1428 return false;
1429 if (!this->emitMulc(ElemT, E))
1430 return false;
1431 if (DiscardResult)
1432 return this->emitPopPtr(E);
1433 return true;
1434 }
1435
1436 if (Op == BO_Div && RHSIsComplex) {
1437 QualType ElemQT = RHSType->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
1438 PrimType ElemT = classifyPrim(ElemQT);
1439 // If the LHS is not complex, we still need to do the full complex
1440 // division, so just stub create a complex value and stub it out with
1441 // the LHS and a zero.
1442
1443 if (!LHSIsComplex) {
1444 // This is using the RHS type for the fake-complex LHS.
1445 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateTemporary(RHS);
1446 if (!LocalIndex)
1447 return false;
1448 LHSOffset = *LocalIndex;
1449
1450 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(LHSOffset, E))
1451 return false;
1452
1453 if (!this->visit(LHS))
1454 return false;
1455 // real is LHS
1456 if (!this->emitInitElem(ElemT, 0, E))
1457 return false;
1458 // imag is zero
1459 if (!this->visitZeroInitializer(ElemT, ElemQT, E))
1460 return false;
1461 if (!this->emitInitElem(ElemT, 1, E))
1462 return false;
1463 } else {
1464 if (!this->visit(LHS))
1465 return false;
1466 }
1467
1468 if (!this->visit(RHS))
1469 return false;
1470 if (!this->emitDivc(ElemT, E))
1471 return false;
1472 if (DiscardResult)
1473 return this->emitPopPtr(E);
1474 return true;
1475 }
1476
1477 // Evaluate LHS and save value to LHSOffset.
1478 if (LHSType->isAnyComplexType()) {
1479 LHSOffset = this->allocateLocalPrimitive(LHS, PT_Ptr, /*IsConst=*/true);
1480 if (!this->visit(LHS))
1481 return false;
1482 if (!this->emitSetLocal(PT_Ptr, LHSOffset, E))
1483 return false;
1484 } else {
1485 PrimType LHST = classifyPrim(LHSType);
1486 LHSOffset = this->allocateLocalPrimitive(LHS, LHST, /*IsConst=*/true);
1487 if (!this->visit(LHS))
1488 return false;
1489 if (!this->emitSetLocal(LHST, LHSOffset, E))
1490 return false;
1491 }
1492
1493 // Same with RHS.
1494 unsigned RHSOffset;
1495 if (RHSType->isAnyComplexType()) {
1496 RHSOffset = this->allocateLocalPrimitive(RHS, PT_Ptr, /*IsConst=*/true);
1497 if (!this->visit(RHS))
1498 return false;
1499 if (!this->emitSetLocal(PT_Ptr, RHSOffset, E))
1500 return false;
1501 } else {
1502 PrimType RHST = classifyPrim(RHSType);
1503 RHSOffset = this->allocateLocalPrimitive(RHS, RHST, /*IsConst=*/true);
1504 if (!this->visit(RHS))
1505 return false;
1506 if (!this->emitSetLocal(RHST, RHSOffset, E))
1507 return false;
1508 }
1509
1510 // For both LHS and RHS, either load the value from the complex pointer, or
1511 // directly from the local variable. For index 1 (i.e. the imaginary part),
1512 // just load 0 and do the operation anyway.
1513 auto loadComplexValue = [this](bool IsComplex, bool LoadZero,
1514 unsigned ElemIndex, unsigned Offset,
1515 const Expr *E) -> bool {
1516 if (IsComplex) {
1517 if (!this->emitGetLocal(PT_Ptr, Offset, E))
1518 return false;
1519 return this->emitArrayElemPop(classifyComplexElementType(E->getType()),
1520 ElemIndex, E);
1521 }
1522 if (ElemIndex == 0 || !LoadZero)
1523 return this->emitGetLocal(classifyPrim(E->getType()), Offset, E);
1524 return this->visitZeroInitializer(classifyPrim(E->getType()), E->getType(),
1525 E);
1526 };
1527
1528 // Now we can get pointers to the LHS and RHS from the offsets above.
1529 for (unsigned ElemIndex = 0; ElemIndex != 2; ++ElemIndex) {
1530 // Result pointer for the store later.
1531 if (!this->DiscardResult) {
1532 if (!this->emitGetLocal(PT_Ptr, ResultOffset, E))
1533 return false;
1534 }
1535
1536 // The actual operation.
1537 switch (Op) {
1538 case BO_Add:
1539 if (!loadComplexValue(LHSIsComplex, true, ElemIndex, LHSOffset, LHS))
1540 return false;
1541
1542 if (!loadComplexValue(RHSIsComplex, true, ElemIndex, RHSOffset, RHS))
1543 return false;
1544 if (ResultElemT == PT_Float) {
1545 if (!this->emitAddf(getFPOptions(E), E))
1546 return false;
1547 } else {
1548 if (!this->emitAdd(ResultElemT, E))
1549 return false;
1550 }
1551 break;
1552 case BO_Sub:
1553 if (!loadComplexValue(LHSIsComplex, true, ElemIndex, LHSOffset, LHS))
1554 return false;
1555
1556 if (!loadComplexValue(RHSIsComplex, true, ElemIndex, RHSOffset, RHS))
1557 return false;
1558 if (ResultElemT == PT_Float) {
1559 if (!this->emitSubf(getFPOptions(E), E))
1560 return false;
1561 } else {
1562 if (!this->emitSub(ResultElemT, E))
1563 return false;
1564 }
1565 break;
1566 case BO_Mul:
1567 if (!loadComplexValue(LHSIsComplex, false, ElemIndex, LHSOffset, LHS))
1568 return false;
1569
1570 if (!loadComplexValue(RHSIsComplex, false, ElemIndex, RHSOffset, RHS))
1571 return false;
1572
1573 if (ResultElemT == PT_Float) {
1574 if (!this->emitMulf(getFPOptions(E), E))
1575 return false;
1576 } else {
1577 if (!this->emitMul(ResultElemT, E))
1578 return false;
1579 }
1580 break;
1581 case BO_Div:
1582 assert(!RHSIsComplex);
1583 if (!loadComplexValue(LHSIsComplex, false, ElemIndex, LHSOffset, LHS))
1584 return false;
1585
1586 if (!loadComplexValue(RHSIsComplex, false, ElemIndex, RHSOffset, RHS))
1587 return false;
1588
1589 if (ResultElemT == PT_Float) {
1590 if (!this->emitDivf(getFPOptions(E), E))
1591 return false;
1592 } else {
1593 if (!this->emitDiv(ResultElemT, E))
1594 return false;
1595 }
1596 break;
1597
1598 default:
1599 return false;
1600 }
1601
1602 if (!this->DiscardResult) {
1603 // Initialize array element with the value we just computed.
1604 if (!this->emitInitElemPop(ResultElemT, ElemIndex, E))
1605 return false;
1606 } else {
1607 if (!this->emitPop(ResultElemT, E))
1608 return false;
1609 // Remove the Complex temporary pointer we created ourselves at the
1610 // beginning of this function.
1611 if (!Initializing)
1612 return this->emitPopPtr(E);
1613 }
1614 }
1615 return true;
1616}
1617
1618template <class Emitter>
1620 const Expr *LHS = E->getLHS();
1621 const Expr *RHS = E->getRHS();
1622 assert(!E->isCommaOp() &&
1623 "Comma op should be handled in VisitBinaryOperator");
1624 assert(E->getType()->isVectorType());
1625 assert(LHS->getType()->isVectorType());
1626 assert(RHS->getType()->isVectorType());
1627
1628 // We can only handle vectors with primitive element types.
1630 return false;
1631
1632 // Prepare storage for result.
1633 if (!Initializing && !E->isCompoundAssignmentOp() && !E->isAssignmentOp()) {
1634 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateTemporary(E);
1635 if (!LocalIndex)
1636 return false;
1637 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
1638 return false;
1639 }
1640
1641 const auto *VecTy = E->getType()->getAs<VectorType>();
1642 auto Op = E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()
1644 : E->getOpcode();
1645
1646 PrimType ElemT = this->classifyVectorElementType(LHS->getType());
1647 PrimType RHSElemT = this->classifyVectorElementType(RHS->getType());
1648 PrimType ResultElemT = this->classifyVectorElementType(E->getType());
1649
1650 if (E->getOpcode() == BO_Assign) {
1651 assert(Ctx.getASTContext().hasSameUnqualifiedType(
1653 RHS->getType()->castAs<VectorType>()->getElementType()));
1654 if (!this->visit(LHS))
1655 return false;
1656 if (!this->visit(RHS))
1657 return false;
1658 if (!this->emitCopyArray(ElemT, 0, 0, VecTy->getNumElements(), E))
1659 return false;
1660 if (DiscardResult)
1661 return this->emitPopPtr(E);
1662 return true;
1663 }
1664
1665 // Evaluate LHS and save value to LHSOffset.
1666 unsigned LHSOffset =
1667 this->allocateLocalPrimitive(LHS, PT_Ptr, /*IsConst=*/true);
1668 if (!this->visit(LHS))
1669 return false;
1670 if (!this->emitSetLocal(PT_Ptr, LHSOffset, E))
1671 return false;
1672
1673 // Evaluate RHS and save value to RHSOffset.
1674 unsigned RHSOffset =
1675 this->allocateLocalPrimitive(RHS, PT_Ptr, /*IsConst=*/true);
1676 if (!this->visit(RHS))
1677 return false;
1678 if (!this->emitSetLocal(PT_Ptr, RHSOffset, E))
1679 return false;
1680
1681 if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp() && !this->emitGetLocal(PT_Ptr, LHSOffset, E))
1682 return false;
1683
1684 // BitAdd/BitOr/BitXor/Shl/Shr doesn't support bool type, we need perform the
1685 // integer promotion.
1686 bool NeedIntPromot = ElemT == PT_Bool && (E->isBitwiseOp() || E->isShiftOp());
1687 QualType PromotTy;
1688 PrimType PromotT = PT_Bool;
1689 PrimType OpT = ElemT;
1690 if (NeedIntPromot) {
1691 PromotTy =
1692 Ctx.getASTContext().getPromotedIntegerType(Ctx.getASTContext().BoolTy);
1693 PromotT = classifyPrim(PromotTy);
1694 OpT = PromotT;
1695 }
1696
1697 auto getElem = [=](unsigned Offset, PrimType ElemT, unsigned Index) {
1698 if (!this->emitGetLocal(PT_Ptr, Offset, E))
1699 return false;
1700 if (!this->emitArrayElemPop(ElemT, Index, E))
1701 return false;
1702 if (E->isLogicalOp()) {
1703 if (!this->emitPrimCast(ElemT, PT_Bool, Ctx.getASTContext().BoolTy, E))
1704 return false;
1705 if (!this->emitPrimCast(PT_Bool, ResultElemT, VecTy->getElementType(), E))
1706 return false;
1707 } else if (NeedIntPromot) {
1708 if (!this->emitPrimCast(ElemT, PromotT, PromotTy, E))
1709 return false;
1710 }
1711 return true;
1712 };
1713
1714#define EMIT_ARITH_OP(OP) \
1715 { \
1716 if (ElemT == PT_Float) { \
1717 if (!this->emit##OP##f(getFPOptions(E), E)) \
1718 return false; \
1719 } else { \
1720 if (!this->emit##OP(ElemT, E)) \
1721 return false; \
1722 } \
1723 break; \
1724 }
1725
1726 for (unsigned I = 0; I != VecTy->getNumElements(); ++I) {
1727 if (!getElem(LHSOffset, ElemT, I))
1728 return false;
1729 if (!getElem(RHSOffset, RHSElemT, I))
1730 return false;
1731 switch (Op) {
1732 case BO_Add:
1734 case BO_Sub:
1736 case BO_Mul:
1738 case BO_Div:
1740 case BO_Rem:
1741 if (!this->emitRem(ElemT, E))
1742 return false;
1743 break;
1744 case BO_And:
1745 if (!this->emitBitAnd(OpT, E))
1746 return false;
1747 break;
1748 case BO_Or:
1749 if (!this->emitBitOr(OpT, E))
1750 return false;
1751 break;
1752 case BO_Xor:
1753 if (!this->emitBitXor(OpT, E))
1754 return false;
1755 break;
1756 case BO_Shl:
1757 if (!this->emitShl(OpT, RHSElemT, E))
1758 return false;
1759 break;
1760 case BO_Shr:
1761 if (!this->emitShr(OpT, RHSElemT, E))
1762 return false;
1763 break;
1764 case BO_EQ:
1765 if (!this->emitEQ(ElemT, E))
1766 return false;
1767 break;
1768 case BO_NE:
1769 if (!this->emitNE(ElemT, E))
1770 return false;
1771 break;
1772 case BO_LE:
1773 if (!this->emitLE(ElemT, E))
1774 return false;
1775 break;
1776 case BO_LT:
1777 if (!this->emitLT(ElemT, E))
1778 return false;
1779 break;
1780 case BO_GE:
1781 if (!this->emitGE(ElemT, E))
1782 return false;
1783 break;
1784 case BO_GT:
1785 if (!this->emitGT(ElemT, E))
1786 return false;
1787 break;
1788 case BO_LAnd:
1789 // a && b is equivalent to a!=0 & b!=0
1790 if (!this->emitBitAnd(ResultElemT, E))
1791 return false;
1792 break;
1793 case BO_LOr:
1794 // a || b is equivalent to a!=0 | b!=0
1795 if (!this->emitBitOr(ResultElemT, E))
1796 return false;
1797 break;
1798 default:
1799 return this->emitInvalid(E);
1800 }
1801
1802 // The result of the comparison is a vector of the same width and number
1803 // of elements as the comparison operands with a signed integral element
1804 // type.
1805 //
1806 // https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Vector-Extensions.html
1807 if (E->isComparisonOp()) {
1808 if (!this->emitPrimCast(PT_Bool, ResultElemT, VecTy->getElementType(), E))
1809 return false;
1810 if (!this->emitNeg(ResultElemT, E))
1811 return false;
1812 }
1813
1814 // If we performed an integer promotion, we need to cast the compute result
1815 // into result vector element type.
1816 if (NeedIntPromot &&
1817 !this->emitPrimCast(PromotT, ResultElemT, VecTy->getElementType(), E))
1818 return false;
1819
1820 // Initialize array element with the value we just computed.
1821 if (!this->emitInitElem(ResultElemT, I, E))
1822 return false;
1823 }
1824
1825 if (DiscardResult && E->isCompoundAssignmentOp() && !this->emitPopPtr(E))
1826 return false;
1827 return true;
1828}
1829
1830template <class Emitter>
1832 const Expr *LHS = E->getLHS();
1833 const Expr *RHS = E->getRHS();
1834 const ASTContext &ASTCtx = Ctx.getASTContext();
1835
1836 assert(LHS->getType()->isFixedPointType() ||
1837 RHS->getType()->isFixedPointType());
1838
1839 auto LHSSema = ASTCtx.getFixedPointSemantics(LHS->getType());
1840 auto LHSSemaInt = LHSSema.toOpaqueInt();
1841 auto RHSSema = ASTCtx.getFixedPointSemantics(RHS->getType());
1842 auto RHSSemaInt = RHSSema.toOpaqueInt();
1843
1844 if (!this->visit(LHS))
1845 return false;
1846 if (!LHS->getType()->isFixedPointType()) {
1847 if (!this->emitCastIntegralFixedPoint(classifyPrim(LHS->getType()),
1848 LHSSemaInt, E))
1849 return false;
1850 }
1851
1852 if (!this->visit(RHS))
1853 return false;
1854 if (!RHS->getType()->isFixedPointType()) {
1855 if (!this->emitCastIntegralFixedPoint(classifyPrim(RHS->getType()),
1856 RHSSemaInt, E))
1857 return false;
1858 }
1859
1860 // Convert the result to the target semantics.
1861 auto ConvertResult = [&](bool R) -> bool {
1862 if (!R)
1863 return false;
1864 auto ResultSema = ASTCtx.getFixedPointSemantics(E->getType()).toOpaqueInt();
1865 auto CommonSema = LHSSema.getCommonSemantics(RHSSema).toOpaqueInt();
1866 if (ResultSema != CommonSema)
1867 return this->emitCastFixedPoint(ResultSema, E);
1868 return true;
1869 };
1870
1871 auto MaybeCastToBool = [&](bool Result) {
1872 if (!Result)
1873 return false;
1874 PrimType T = classifyPrim(E);
1875 if (DiscardResult)
1876 return this->emitPop(T, E);
1877 if (T != PT_Bool)
1878 return this->emitCast(PT_Bool, T, E);
1879 return true;
1880 };
1881
1882 switch (E->getOpcode()) {
1883 case BO_EQ:
1884 return MaybeCastToBool(this->emitEQFixedPoint(E));
1885 case BO_NE:
1886 return MaybeCastToBool(this->emitNEFixedPoint(E));
1887 case BO_LT:
1888 return MaybeCastToBool(this->emitLTFixedPoint(E));
1889 case BO_LE:
1890 return MaybeCastToBool(this->emitLEFixedPoint(E));
1891 case BO_GT:
1892 return MaybeCastToBool(this->emitGTFixedPoint(E));
1893 case BO_GE:
1894 return MaybeCastToBool(this->emitGEFixedPoint(E));
1895 case BO_Add:
1896 return ConvertResult(this->emitAddFixedPoint(E));
1897 case BO_Sub:
1898 return ConvertResult(this->emitSubFixedPoint(E));
1899 case BO_Mul:
1900 return ConvertResult(this->emitMulFixedPoint(E));
1901 case BO_Div:
1902 return ConvertResult(this->emitDivFixedPoint(E));
1903 case BO_Shl:
1904 return ConvertResult(this->emitShiftFixedPoint(/*Left=*/true, E));
1905 case BO_Shr:
1906 return ConvertResult(this->emitShiftFixedPoint(/*Left=*/false, E));
1907
1908 default:
1909 return this->emitInvalid(E);
1910 }
1911
1912 llvm_unreachable("unhandled binop opcode");
1913}
1914
1915template <class Emitter>
1917 const Expr *SubExpr = E->getSubExpr();
1918 assert(SubExpr->getType()->isFixedPointType());
1919
1920 switch (E->getOpcode()) {
1921 case UO_Plus:
1922 return this->delegate(SubExpr);
1923 case UO_Minus:
1924 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
1925 return false;
1926 if (!this->emitNegFixedPoint(E))
1927 return false;
1928 if (DiscardResult)
1929 return this->emitPopFixedPoint(E);
1930 return true;
1931 default:
1932 return false;
1933 }
1934
1935 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled unary opcode");
1936}
1937
1938template <class Emitter>
1940 const ImplicitValueInitExpr *E) {
1941 if (DiscardResult)
1942 return true;
1943
1944 QualType QT = E->getType();
1945
1946 if (OptPrimType T = classify(QT))
1947 return this->visitZeroInitializer(*T, QT, E);
1948
1949 if (QT->isRecordType()) {
1950 const RecordDecl *RD = QT->getAsRecordDecl();
1951 assert(RD);
1952 if (RD->isInvalidDecl())
1953 return false;
1954
1955 if (const auto *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD);
1956 CXXRD && CXXRD->getNumVBases() > 0) {
1957 // TODO: Diagnose.
1958 return false;
1959 }
1960
1961 const Record *R = getRecord(QT);
1962 if (!R)
1963 return false;
1964
1965 assert(Initializing);
1966 return this->visitZeroRecordInitializer(R, E);
1967 }
1968
1969 if (QT->isIncompleteArrayType())
1970 return true;
1971
1972 if (QT->isArrayType())
1973 return this->visitZeroArrayInitializer(QT, E);
1974
1975 if (const auto *ComplexTy = E->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
1976 assert(Initializing);
1977 QualType ElemQT = ComplexTy->getElementType();
1978 PrimType ElemT = classifyPrim(ElemQT);
1979 for (unsigned I = 0; I < 2; ++I) {
1980 if (!this->visitZeroInitializer(ElemT, ElemQT, E))
1981 return false;
1982 if (!this->emitInitElem(ElemT, I, E))
1983 return false;
1984 }
1985 return true;
1986 }
1987
1988 if (const auto *VecT = E->getType()->getAs<VectorType>()) {
1989 unsigned NumVecElements = VecT->getNumElements();
1990 QualType ElemQT = VecT->getElementType();
1991 PrimType ElemT = classifyPrim(ElemQT);
1992
1993 for (unsigned I = 0; I < NumVecElements; ++I) {
1994 if (!this->visitZeroInitializer(ElemT, ElemQT, E))
1995 return false;
1996 if (!this->emitInitElem(ElemT, I, E))
1997 return false;
1998 }
1999 return true;
2000 }
2001
2002 if (const auto *MT = E->getType()->getAs<ConstantMatrixType>()) {
2003 unsigned NumElems = MT->getNumElementsFlattened();
2004 QualType ElemQT = MT->getElementType();
2005 PrimType ElemT = classifyPrim(ElemQT);
2006
2007 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumElems; ++I) {
2008 if (!this->visitZeroInitializer(ElemT, ElemQT, E))
2009 return false;
2010 if (!this->emitInitElem(ElemT, I, E))
2011 return false;
2012 }
2013 return true;
2014 }
2015
2016 return false;
2017}
2018
2019template <class Emitter>
2021 if (E->getType()->isVoidType() || E->containsErrors())
2022 return false;
2023
2024 const Expr *LHS = E->getLHS();
2025 const Expr *RHS = E->getRHS();
2026 const Expr *Index = E->getIdx();
2027 const Expr *Base = E->getBase();
2028
2029 // C++17's rules require us to evaluate the LHS first, regardless of which
2030 // side is the base.
2031 bool Success = true;
2032 for (const Expr *SubExpr : {LHS, RHS}) {
2033 if (!this->visit(SubExpr)) {
2034 Success = false;
2035 continue;
2036 }
2037
2038 // Expand the base if this is a subscript on a
2039 // pointer expression.
2040 if (SubExpr == Base && Base->getType()->isPointerType()) {
2041 if (!this->emitExpandPtr(E))
2042 Success = false;
2043 }
2044 }
2045
2046 if (!Success)
2047 return false;
2048
2049 OptPrimType IndexT = classify(Index->getType());
2050 // In error-recovery cases, the index expression has a dependent type.
2051 if (!IndexT)
2052 return this->emitError(E);
2053 // If the index is first, we need to change that.
2054 if (LHS == Index) {
2055 if (!this->emitFlip(PT_Ptr, *IndexT, E))
2056 return false;
2057 }
2058
2059 if (!this->emitArrayElemPtrPop(*IndexT, E))
2060 return false;
2061 if (DiscardResult)
2062 return this->emitPopPtr(E);
2063
2064 if (E->isGLValue())
2065 return true;
2066
2068 return this->emitLoadPop(*T, E);
2069}
2070
2071template <class Emitter>
2073 const Expr *ArrayFiller, const Expr *E) {
2075
2076 QualType QT = E->getType();
2077 if (const auto *AT = QT->getAs<AtomicType>())
2078 QT = AT->getValueType();
2079
2080 if (QT->isVoidType()) {
2081 if (Inits.size() == 0)
2082 return true;
2083 return this->emitInvalid(E);
2084 }
2085
2086 // Handle discarding first.
2087 if (DiscardResult) {
2088 for (const Expr *Init : Inits) {
2089 if (!this->discard(Init))
2090 return false;
2091 }
2092 return true;
2093 }
2094
2095 // Primitive values.
2096 if (OptPrimType T = classify(QT)) {
2097 assert(!DiscardResult);
2098 if (Inits.size() == 0)
2099 return this->visitZeroInitializer(*T, QT, E);
2100 assert(Inits.size() == 1);
2101 return this->delegate(Inits[0]);
2102 }
2103
2104 if (QT->isRecordType()) {
2105 const Record *R = getRecord(QT);
2106
2107 if (Inits.size() == 1 && E->getType() == Inits[0]->getType())
2108 return this->delegate(Inits[0]);
2109
2110 if (!R)
2111 return false;
2112
2113 auto initPrimitiveField = [=](const Record::Field *FieldToInit,
2114 const Expr *Init, PrimType T,
2115 bool Activate = false) -> bool {
2117 if (!this->visit(Init))
2118 return false;
2119
2120 bool BitField = FieldToInit->isBitField();
2121 if (BitField && Activate)
2122 return this->emitInitBitFieldActivate(T, FieldToInit->Offset,
2123 FieldToInit->bitWidth(), E);
2124 if (BitField)
2125 return this->emitInitBitField(T, FieldToInit->Offset,
2126 FieldToInit->bitWidth(), E);
2127 if (Activate)
2128 return this->emitInitFieldActivate(T, FieldToInit->Offset, E);
2129 return this->emitInitField(T, FieldToInit->Offset, E);
2130 };
2131
2132 auto initCompositeField = [=](const Record::Field *FieldToInit,
2133 const Expr *Init,
2134 bool Activate = false) -> bool {
2136 InitLinkScope<Emitter> ILS(this, InitLink::Field(FieldToInit->Offset));
2137
2138 // Non-primitive case. Get a pointer to the field-to-initialize
2139 // on the stack and recurse into visitInitializer().
2140 if (!this->emitGetPtrField(FieldToInit->Offset, Init))
2141 return false;
2142
2143 if (Activate && !this->emitActivate(E))
2144 return false;
2145
2146 return this->visitInitializerPop(Init);
2147 };
2148
2149 if (R->isUnion()) {
2150 if (Inits.size() == 0) {
2151 if (!this->visitZeroRecordInitializer(R, E))
2152 return false;
2153 } else {
2154 const Expr *Init = Inits[0];
2155 const FieldDecl *FToInit = nullptr;
2156 if (const auto *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E))
2157 FToInit = ILE->getInitializedFieldInUnion();
2158 else
2159 FToInit = cast<CXXParenListInitExpr>(E)->getInitializedFieldInUnion();
2160
2161 const Record::Field *FieldToInit = R->getField(FToInit);
2162 if (OptPrimType T = classify(Init)) {
2163 if (!initPrimitiveField(FieldToInit, Init, *T, /*Activate=*/true))
2164 return false;
2165 } else {
2166 if (!initCompositeField(FieldToInit, Init, /*Activate=*/true))
2167 return false;
2168 }
2169 }
2170 return this->emitFinishInit(E);
2171 }
2172
2173 assert(!R->isUnion());
2174 unsigned InitIndex = 0;
2175 for (const Expr *Init : Inits) {
2176 // Skip unnamed bitfields.
2177 while (InitIndex < R->getNumFields() &&
2178 R->getField(InitIndex)->isUnnamedBitField())
2179 ++InitIndex;
2180
2181 // If this is a child of a DesignatedInitUpdateExpr, skip elements which
2182 // aren't supposed to be modified.
2183 if (isa<NoInitExpr>(Init)) {
2184 ++InitIndex;
2185 continue;
2186 }
2187
2188 if (OptPrimType T = classify(Init)) {
2189 const Record::Field *FieldToInit = R->getField(InitIndex);
2190 if (!initPrimitiveField(FieldToInit, Init, *T))
2191 return false;
2192 ++InitIndex;
2193 } else {
2194 // Initializer for a direct base class.
2195 if (const Record::Base *B = R->getBase(Init->getType())) {
2196 if (!this->emitGetPtrBase(B->Offset, Init))
2197 return false;
2198
2199 if (!this->visitInitializerPop(Init))
2200 return false;
2201 // Base initializers don't increase InitIndex, since they don't count
2202 // into the Record's fields.
2203 } else {
2204 const Record::Field *FieldToInit = R->getField(InitIndex);
2205 if (!initCompositeField(FieldToInit, Init))
2206 return false;
2207 ++InitIndex;
2208 }
2209 }
2210 }
2211 return this->emitFinishInit(E);
2212 }
2213
2214 if (QT->isArrayType()) {
2215 const ConstantArrayType *CAT =
2216 Ctx.getASTContext().getAsConstantArrayType(QT);
2217 uint64_t NumElems = CAT->getZExtSize();
2218
2219 if (Initializing && !this->emitCheckArrayDestSize(NumElems, E))
2220 return false;
2221
2222 if (Inits.size() == 1 && QT == Inits[0]->getType())
2223 return this->delegate(Inits[0]);
2224
2225 OptPrimType InitT = classify(CAT->getElementType());
2226 unsigned ElementIndex = 0;
2227 for (const Expr *Init : Inits) {
2228 if (const auto *EmbedS =
2229 dyn_cast<EmbedExpr>(Init->IgnoreParenImpCasts())) {
2230 PrimType TargetT = classifyPrim(Init->getType());
2231
2232 auto Eval = [&](const IntegerLiteral *IL, unsigned ElemIndex) {
2233 if (TargetT == PT_Float) {
2234 if (!this->emitConst(IL->getValue(), classifyPrim(IL), Init))
2235 return false;
2236 const auto *Sem = &Ctx.getFloatSemantics(CAT->getElementType());
2237 if (!this->emitCastIntegralFloating(classifyPrim(IL), Sem,
2238 getFPOptions(E), E))
2239 return false;
2240 } else {
2241 if (!this->emitConst(IL->getValue(), TargetT, Init))
2242 return false;
2243 }
2244 return this->emitInitElem(TargetT, ElemIndex, IL);
2245 };
2246 if (!EmbedS->doForEachDataElement(Eval, ElementIndex))
2247 return false;
2248 } else if (isa<NoInitExpr>(Init)) {
2249 // If this is a child of a DesignatedInitUpdateExpr, skip elements which
2250 // aren't supposed to be modified.
2251 ++ElementIndex;
2252 } else {
2253 if (!this->visitArrayElemInit(ElementIndex, Init, InitT))
2254 return false;
2255 ++ElementIndex;
2256 }
2257 }
2258
2259 // Expand the filler expression.
2260 // FIXME: This should go away.
2261 if (ArrayFiller && !isa<NoInitExpr>(ArrayFiller)) {
2262 for (; ElementIndex != NumElems; ++ElementIndex) {
2263 if (!this->visitArrayElemInit(ElementIndex, ArrayFiller, InitT))
2264 return false;
2265 }
2266 }
2267
2268 return this->emitFinishInit(E);
2269 }
2270
2271 if (const auto *ComplexTy = QT->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
2272 unsigned NumInits = Inits.size();
2273
2274 if (NumInits == 1)
2275 return this->delegate(Inits[0]);
2276
2277 QualType ElemQT = ComplexTy->getElementType();
2278 PrimType ElemT = classifyPrim(ElemQT);
2279 if (NumInits == 0) {
2280 // Zero-initialize both elements.
2281 for (unsigned I = 0; I < 2; ++I) {
2282 if (!this->visitZeroInitializer(ElemT, ElemQT, E))
2283 return false;
2284 if (!this->emitInitElem(ElemT, I, E))
2285 return false;
2286 }
2287 } else if (NumInits == 2) {
2288 unsigned InitIndex = 0;
2289 for (const Expr *Init : Inits) {
2290 if (!this->visit(Init))
2291 return false;
2292
2293 if (!this->emitInitElem(ElemT, InitIndex, E))
2294 return false;
2295 ++InitIndex;
2296 }
2297 }
2298 return true;
2299 }
2300
2301 if (const auto *VecT = QT->getAs<VectorType>()) {
2302 unsigned NumVecElements = VecT->getNumElements();
2303 assert(NumVecElements >= Inits.size());
2304
2305 QualType ElemQT = VecT->getElementType();
2306 PrimType ElemT = classifyPrim(ElemQT);
2307
2308 // All initializer elements.
2309 unsigned InitIndex = 0;
2310 for (const Expr *Init : Inits) {
2311 if (!this->visit(Init))
2312 return false;
2313
2314 // If the initializer is of vector type itself, we have to deconstruct
2315 // that and initialize all the target fields from the initializer fields.
2316 if (const auto *InitVecT = Init->getType()->getAs<VectorType>()) {
2317 if (!this->emitCopyArray(ElemT, 0, InitIndex,
2318 InitVecT->getNumElements(), E))
2319 return false;
2320 InitIndex += InitVecT->getNumElements();
2321 } else {
2322 if (!this->emitInitElem(ElemT, InitIndex, E))
2323 return false;
2324 ++InitIndex;
2325 }
2326 }
2327
2328 assert(InitIndex <= NumVecElements);
2329
2330 // Fill the rest with zeroes.
2331 for (; InitIndex != NumVecElements; ++InitIndex) {
2332 if (!this->visitZeroInitializer(ElemT, ElemQT, E))
2333 return false;
2334 if (!this->emitInitElem(ElemT, InitIndex, E))
2335 return false;
2336 }
2337 return true;
2338 }
2339
2340 if (const auto *MT = QT->getAs<ConstantMatrixType>()) {
2341 unsigned NumElems = MT->getNumElementsFlattened();
2342 assert(Inits.size() == NumElems);
2343
2344 QualType ElemQT = MT->getElementType();
2345 PrimType ElemT = classifyPrim(ElemQT);
2346
2347 // Matrix initializer list elements are in row-major order, which matches
2348 // the matrix APValue convention and therefore no index remapping is
2349 // required.
2350 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumElems; ++I) {
2351 if (!this->visit(Inits[I]))
2352 return false;
2353 if (!this->emitInitElem(ElemT, I, E))
2354 return false;
2355 }
2356 return true;
2357 }
2358
2359 return false;
2360}
2361
2362/// Pointer to the array(not the element!) must be on the stack when calling
2363/// this.
2364template <class Emitter>
2365bool Compiler<Emitter>::visitArrayElemInit(unsigned ElemIndex, const Expr *Init,
2366 OptPrimType InitT) {
2367 if (InitT) {
2368 // Visit the primitive element like normal.
2369 if (!this->visit(Init))
2370 return false;
2371 return this->emitInitElem(*InitT, ElemIndex, Init);
2372 }
2373
2374 InitLinkScope<Emitter> ILS(this, InitLink::Elem(ElemIndex));
2375 // Advance the pointer currently on the stack to the given
2376 // dimension.
2377 if (!this->emitConstUint32(ElemIndex, Init))
2378 return false;
2379 if (!this->emitArrayElemPtrUint32(Init))
2380 return false;
2381 return this->visitInitializerPop(Init);
2382}
2383
2384template <class Emitter>
2386 const FunctionDecl *FuncDecl,
2387 bool Activate, bool IsOperatorCall) {
2388 assert(VarScope->getKind() == ScopeKind::Call);
2389 llvm::BitVector NonNullArgs;
2390 if (FuncDecl && FuncDecl->hasAttr<NonNullAttr>())
2391 NonNullArgs = collectNonNullArgs(FuncDecl, Args);
2392
2393 bool ExplicitMemberFn = false;
2394 if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast_if_present<CXXMethodDecl>(FuncDecl))
2395 ExplicitMemberFn = MD->isExplicitObjectMemberFunction();
2396
2397 unsigned ArgIndex = 0;
2398 for (const Expr *Arg : Args) {
2399 if (canClassify(Arg)) {
2400 if (!this->visit(Arg))
2401 return false;
2402 } else {
2403
2404 DeclTy Source = Arg;
2405 if (FuncDecl) {
2406 // Try to use the parameter declaration instead of the argument
2407 // expression as a source.
2408 unsigned DeclIndex = ArgIndex - IsOperatorCall + ExplicitMemberFn;
2409 if (DeclIndex < FuncDecl->getNumParams())
2410 Source = FuncDecl->getParamDecl(ArgIndex - IsOperatorCall +
2411 ExplicitMemberFn);
2412 }
2413
2414 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex =
2415 allocateLocal(std::move(Source), Arg->getType(), ScopeKind::Call);
2416 if (!LocalIndex)
2417 return false;
2418
2419 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, Arg))
2420 return false;
2421 InitLinkScope<Emitter> ILS(this, InitLink::Temp(*LocalIndex));
2422 if (!this->visitInitializer(Arg))
2423 return false;
2424 }
2425
2426 if (ArgIndex == 1 && Activate) {
2427 if (!this->emitActivate(Arg))
2428 return false;
2429 }
2430
2431 if (!NonNullArgs.empty() && NonNullArgs[ArgIndex]) {
2432 PrimType ArgT = classify(Arg).value_or(PT_Ptr);
2433 if (ArgT == PT_Ptr) {
2434 if (!this->emitCheckNonNullArg(ArgT, Arg))
2435 return false;
2436 }
2437 }
2438
2439 ++ArgIndex;
2440 }
2441
2442 return true;
2443}
2444
2445template <class Emitter>
2447 return this->visitInitList(E->inits(), E->getArrayFiller(), E);
2448}
2449
2450template <class Emitter>
2455
2456template <class Emitter>
2461
2462template <class Emitter>
2464 if (!E->hasAPValueResult())
2465 return this->delegate(E->getSubExpr());
2466
2467 if (OptPrimType T = classify(E)) {
2468 // Try to emit the APValue directly, without visiting the subexpr.
2469 // This will only fail if we can't emit the APValue, so won't emit any
2470 // diagnostics or any double values.
2471 if (DiscardResult)
2472 return true;
2473 return this->visitAPValue(E->getAPValueResult(), *T, E);
2474 }
2475
2476 // Fall back to the subexpr for non-primitive APValues.
2477 return this->delegate(E->getSubExpr());
2478}
2479
2480template <class Emitter>
2482 auto It = E->begin();
2483 return this->visit(*It);
2484}
2485
2487 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait Kind) {
2488 bool AlignOfReturnsPreferred =
2489 ASTCtx.getLangOpts().getClangABICompat() <= LangOptions::ClangABI::Ver7;
2490
2491 // C++ [expr.alignof]p3:
2492 // When alignof is applied to a reference type, the result is the
2493 // alignment of the referenced type.
2494 if (const auto *Ref = T->getAs<ReferenceType>())
2495 T = Ref->getPointeeType();
2496
2497 if (T.getQualifiers().hasUnaligned())
2498 return CharUnits::One();
2499
2500 // __alignof is defined to return the preferred alignment.
2501 // Before 8, clang returned the preferred alignment for alignof and
2502 // _Alignof as well.
2503 if (Kind == UETT_PreferredAlignOf || AlignOfReturnsPreferred)
2504 return ASTCtx.toCharUnitsFromBits(ASTCtx.getPreferredTypeAlign(T));
2505
2506 return ASTCtx.getTypeAlignInChars(T);
2507}
2508
2509template <class Emitter>
2511 const UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr *E) {
2512
2513 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait Kind = E->getKind();
2514 const ASTContext &ASTCtx = Ctx.getASTContext();
2515
2516 if (Kind == UETT_SizeOf || Kind == UETT_DataSizeOf) {
2518
2519 // C++ [expr.sizeof]p2: "When applied to a reference or a reference type,
2520 // the result is the size of the referenced type."
2521 if (const auto *Ref = ArgType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
2522 ArgType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2523
2524 CharUnits Size;
2525 if (ArgType->isVoidType() || ArgType->isFunctionType())
2526 Size = CharUnits::One();
2527 else {
2528 if (ArgType->isDependentType() || !ArgType->isConstantSizeType())
2529 return this->emitInvalid(E);
2530
2531 if (Kind == UETT_SizeOf)
2532 Size = ASTCtx.getTypeSizeInChars(ArgType);
2533 else
2535 }
2536
2537 if (DiscardResult)
2538 return true;
2539
2540 return this->emitConst(Size.getQuantity(), E);
2541 }
2542
2543 if (Kind == UETT_CountOf) {
2544 QualType Ty = E->getTypeOfArgument();
2545 assert(Ty->isArrayType());
2546
2547 // We don't need to worry about array element qualifiers, so getting the
2548 // unsafe array type is fine.
2549 if (const auto *CAT =
2550 dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(Ty->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe())) {
2551 if (DiscardResult)
2552 return true;
2553 return this->emitConst(CAT->getSize(), E);
2554 }
2555
2556 assert(!Ty->isConstantSizeType());
2557
2558 // If it's a variable-length array type, we need to check whether it is a
2559 // multidimensional array. If so, we need to check the size expression of
2560 // the VLA to see if it's a constant size. If so, we can return that value.
2561 const auto *VAT = ASTCtx.getAsVariableArrayType(Ty);
2562 assert(VAT);
2563 if (VAT->getElementType()->isArrayType()) {
2564 std::optional<APSInt> Res =
2565 VAT->getSizeExpr()
2566 ? VAT->getSizeExpr()->getIntegerConstantExpr(ASTCtx)
2567 : std::nullopt;
2568 if (Res) {
2569 if (DiscardResult)
2570 return true;
2571 return this->emitConst(*Res, E);
2572 }
2573 }
2574 }
2575
2576 if (Kind == UETT_AlignOf || Kind == UETT_PreferredAlignOf) {
2577 CharUnits Size;
2578
2579 if (E->isArgumentType()) {
2581
2582 Size = AlignOfType(ArgType, ASTCtx, Kind);
2583 } else {
2584 // Argument is an expression, not a type.
2585 const Expr *Arg = E->getArgumentExpr()->IgnoreParens();
2586
2587 if (Arg->getType()->isDependentType())
2588 return false;
2589
2590 // The kinds of expressions that we have special-case logic here for
2591 // should be kept up to date with the special checks for those
2592 // expressions in Sema.
2593
2594 // alignof decl is always accepted, even if it doesn't make sense: we
2595 // default to 1 in those cases.
2596 if (const auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Arg))
2597 Size = ASTCtx.getDeclAlign(DRE->getDecl(),
2598 /*RefAsPointee*/ true);
2599 else if (const auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Arg))
2600 Size = ASTCtx.getDeclAlign(ME->getMemberDecl(),
2601 /*RefAsPointee*/ true);
2602 else
2603 Size = AlignOfType(Arg->getType(), ASTCtx, Kind);
2604 }
2605
2606 if (DiscardResult)
2607 return true;
2608
2609 return this->emitConst(Size.getQuantity(), E);
2610 }
2611
2612 if (Kind == UETT_VectorElements) {
2613 if (E->containsErrors())
2614 return false;
2615
2616 if (const auto *VT = E->getTypeOfArgument()->getAs<VectorType>())
2617 return this->emitConst(VT->getNumElements(), E);
2619 return this->emitSizelessVectorElementSize(E);
2620 }
2621
2622 if (Kind == UETT_VecStep) {
2623 if (const auto *VT = E->getTypeOfArgument()->getAs<VectorType>()) {
2624 unsigned N = VT->getNumElements();
2625
2626 // The vec_step built-in functions that take a 3-component
2627 // vector return 4. (OpenCL 1.1 spec 6.11.12)
2628 if (N == 3)
2629 N = 4;
2630
2631 return this->emitConst(N, E);
2632 }
2633 return this->emitConst(1, E);
2634 }
2635
2636 if (Kind == UETT_OpenMPRequiredSimdAlign) {
2637 assert(E->isArgumentType());
2638 unsigned Bits = ASTCtx.getOpenMPDefaultSimdAlign(E->getArgumentType());
2639
2640 return this->emitConst(ASTCtx.toCharUnitsFromBits(Bits).getQuantity(), E);
2641 }
2642
2643 if (Kind == UETT_PtrAuthTypeDiscriminator) {
2644 if (E->getArgumentType()->isDependentType())
2645 return this->emitInvalid(E);
2646
2647 return this->emitConst(
2648 const_cast<ASTContext &>(ASTCtx).getPointerAuthTypeDiscriminator(
2649 E->getArgumentType()),
2650 E);
2651 }
2652
2653 return false;
2654}
2655
2656template <class Emitter>
2658 // 'Base.Member'
2659 const Expr *Base = E->getBase();
2660 const ValueDecl *Member = E->getMemberDecl();
2661
2662 if (DiscardResult)
2663 return this->discard(Base);
2664
2665 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Member)) {
2666 // I am almost confident in saying that a var decl must be static
2667 // and therefore registered as a global variable.
2668 if (auto GlobalIndex = P.getGlobal(VD)) {
2669 if (!this->emitGetPtrGlobal(*GlobalIndex, E))
2670 return false;
2671 if (Member->getType()->isReferenceType())
2672 return this->emitLoadPopPtr(E);
2673 return true;
2674 }
2675 return false;
2676 }
2677
2678 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(Member)) {
2679 // A non-static member function access only makes sense as part of the
2680 // enclosing call here. Don't try to evaluate it in isolation.
2681 if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Member);
2682 MD && !MD->isStatic()) {
2683 return false;
2684 }
2685
2686 if (!this->discard(Base) && !this->emitSideEffect(E))
2687 return false;
2688
2689 return this->visitDeclRef(Member, E);
2690 }
2691
2692 if (!this->visit(Base))
2693 return false;
2694
2695 // Base above gives us a pointer on the stack.
2696 const auto *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(Member);
2697 const RecordDecl *RD = FD->getParent();
2698 const Record *R = getRecord(RD);
2699 if (!R)
2700 return false;
2701 const Record::Field *F = R->getField(FD);
2702
2703 // MemberExprs are almost always lvalues, in which case we don't need to
2704 // do the load. But sometimes they aren't.
2705 const auto maybeLoadValue = [&]() -> bool {
2706 if (E->isGLValue())
2707 return true;
2708 if (OptPrimType T = classify(E))
2709 return this->emitLoadPop(*T, E);
2710 return false;
2711 };
2712
2713 // Leave a pointer to the field on the stack.
2714 if (F->Decl->getType()->isReferenceType())
2715 return this->emitGetFieldPop(PT_Ptr, F->Offset, E) && maybeLoadValue();
2716 return this->emitGetPtrFieldPop(F->Offset, E) && maybeLoadValue();
2717}
2718
2719template <class Emitter>
2721 assert(!DiscardResult);
2722 // ArrayIndex might not be set if a ArrayInitIndexExpr is being evaluated
2723 // stand-alone, e.g. via EvaluateAsInt().
2724 if (!ArrayIndex)
2725 return false;
2726 return this->emitConst(*ArrayIndex, E);
2727}
2728
2729template <class Emitter>
2731 assert(Initializing);
2732 assert(!DiscardResult);
2733
2734 const Expr *Common = E->getCommonExpr();
2735 const Expr *SubExpr = E->getSubExpr();
2736 OptPrimType SubExprT = classify(SubExpr);
2737 size_t Size = E->getArraySize().getZExtValue();
2738
2739 if (SubExprT) {
2740 // Unwrap the OpaqueValueExpr so we don't cache something we won't reuse.
2741 Common = cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(Common)->getSourceExpr();
2742
2743 if (!this->visit(Common))
2744 return false;
2745 return this->emitCopyArray(*SubExprT, 0, 0, Size, E);
2746 }
2747
2748 // We visit the common opaque expression here once so we have its value
2749 // cached.
2750 if (!this->discard(Common))
2751 return false;
2752
2753 // TODO: This compiles to quite a lot of bytecode if the array is larger.
2754 // Investigate compiling this to a loop.
2755
2756 // So, every iteration, we execute an assignment here
2757 // where the LHS is on the stack (the target array)
2758 // and the RHS is our SubExpr.
2759 for (size_t I = 0; I != Size; ++I) {
2760 ArrayIndexScope<Emitter> IndexScope(this, I);
2762
2763 if (!this->visitArrayElemInit(I, SubExpr, SubExprT))
2764 return false;
2765 if (!BS.destroyLocals())
2766 return false;
2767 }
2768 return true;
2769}
2770
2771template <class Emitter>
2773 const Expr *SourceExpr = E->getSourceExpr();
2774 if (!SourceExpr)
2775 return false;
2776
2777 if (Initializing) {
2778 assert(!DiscardResult);
2779 return this->visitInitializer(SourceExpr);
2780 }
2781
2782 PrimType SubExprT = classify(SourceExpr).value_or(PT_Ptr);
2783 if (auto It = OpaqueExprs.find(E); It != OpaqueExprs.end()) {
2784 if (DiscardResult)
2785 return true;
2786 return this->emitGetLocal(SubExprT, It->second, E);
2787 }
2788
2789 if (!this->visit(SourceExpr))
2790 return false;
2791
2792 // At this point we either have the evaluated source expression or a pointer
2793 // to an object on the stack. We want to create a local variable that stores
2794 // this value.
2795 unsigned LocalIndex = allocateLocalPrimitive(E, SubExprT, /*IsConst=*/true);
2796 if (!this->emitSetLocal(SubExprT, LocalIndex, E))
2797 return false;
2798
2799 // This is cleaned up when the local variable is destroyed.
2800 OpaqueExprs.insert({E, LocalIndex});
2801
2802 // Here the local variable is created but the value is removed from the stack,
2803 // so we put it back if the caller needs it.
2804 if (!DiscardResult)
2805 return this->emitGetLocal(SubExprT, LocalIndex, E);
2806 return true;
2807}
2808
2809template <class Emitter>
2811 const AbstractConditionalOperator *E) {
2812 const Expr *Condition = E->getCond();
2813 const Expr *TrueExpr = E->getTrueExpr();
2814 const Expr *FalseExpr = E->getFalseExpr();
2815
2816 if (std::optional<bool> BoolValue = getBoolValue(Condition)) {
2817 if (*BoolValue)
2818 return this->delegate(TrueExpr);
2819 return this->delegate(FalseExpr);
2820 }
2821
2822 // Force-init the scope, which creates a InitScope op. This is necessary so
2823 // the scope is not only initialized in one arm of the conditional operator.
2824 this->VarScope->forceInit();
2825 // The TrueExpr and FalseExpr of a conditional operator do _not_ create a
2826 // scope, which means the local variables created within them unconditionally
2827 // always exist. However, we need to later differentiate which branch was
2828 // taken and only destroy the varibles of the active branch. This is what the
2829 // "enabled" flags on local variables are used for.
2830 llvm::SaveAndRestore LAAA(this->VarScope->LocalsAlwaysEnabled,
2831 /*NewValue=*/false);
2832 bool IsBcpCall = false;
2833 if (const auto *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Condition->IgnoreParenCasts());
2834 CE && CE->getBuiltinCallee() == Builtin::BI__builtin_constant_p) {
2835 IsBcpCall = true;
2836 }
2837
2838 LabelTy LabelEnd = this->getLabel(); // Label after the operator.
2839 LabelTy LabelFalse = this->getLabel(); // Label for the false expr.
2840
2841 if (IsBcpCall) {
2842 if (!this->emitPushIgnoreDiags(E))
2843 return false;
2844 }
2845
2846 if (!this->visitBool(Condition)) {
2847 // If the condition failed and we're checking for undefined behavior
2848 // (which only happens with EvalEmitter) check the TrueExpr and FalseExpr
2849 // as well.
2850 if (this->checkingForUndefinedBehavior()) {
2851 if (!this->discard(TrueExpr))
2852 return false;
2853 if (!this->discard(FalseExpr))
2854 return false;
2855 }
2856 return false;
2857 }
2858
2859 if (!this->jumpFalse(LabelFalse, E))
2860 return false;
2861 if (!this->delegate(TrueExpr))
2862 return false;
2863
2864 if (!this->jump(LabelEnd, E))
2865 return false;
2866 this->emitLabel(LabelFalse);
2867 if (!this->delegate(FalseExpr))
2868 return false;
2869
2870 this->fallthrough(LabelEnd);
2871 this->emitLabel(LabelEnd);
2872
2873 if (IsBcpCall)
2874 return this->emitPopIgnoreDiags(E);
2875 return true;
2876}
2877
2878template <class Emitter>
2880 if (DiscardResult)
2881 return true;
2882
2883 if (!Initializing) {
2884 unsigned StringIndex = P.createGlobalString(E);
2885 return this->emitGetPtrGlobal(StringIndex, E);
2886 }
2887
2888 // We are initializing an array on the stack.
2889 const ConstantArrayType *CAT =
2890 Ctx.getASTContext().getAsConstantArrayType(E->getType());
2891 assert(CAT && "a string literal that's not a constant array?");
2892
2893 // If the initializer string is too long, a diagnostic has already been
2894 // emitted. Read only the array length from the string literal.
2895 unsigned ArraySize = CAT->getZExtSize();
2896 unsigned N = std::min(ArraySize, E->getLength());
2897 unsigned CharWidth = E->getCharByteWidth();
2898
2899 for (unsigned I = 0; I != N; ++I) {
2900 uint32_t CodeUnit = E->getCodeUnit(I);
2901
2902 if (CharWidth == 1) {
2903 this->emitConstSint8(CodeUnit, E);
2904 this->emitInitElemSint8(I, E);
2905 } else if (CharWidth == 2) {
2906 this->emitConstUint16(CodeUnit, E);
2907 this->emitInitElemUint16(I, E);
2908 } else if (CharWidth == 4) {
2909 this->emitConstUint32(CodeUnit, E);
2910 this->emitInitElemUint32(I, E);
2911 } else {
2912 llvm_unreachable("unsupported character width");
2913 }
2914 }
2915
2916 // Fill up the rest of the char array with NUL bytes.
2917 for (unsigned I = N; I != ArraySize; ++I) {
2918 if (CharWidth == 1) {
2919 this->emitConstSint8(0, E);
2920 this->emitInitElemSint8(I, E);
2921 } else if (CharWidth == 2) {
2922 this->emitConstUint16(0, E);
2923 this->emitInitElemUint16(I, E);
2924 } else if (CharWidth == 4) {
2925 this->emitConstUint32(0, E);
2926 this->emitInitElemUint32(I, E);
2927 } else {
2928 llvm_unreachable("unsupported character width");
2929 }
2930 }
2931
2932 return true;
2933}
2934
2935template <class Emitter>
2937 if (DiscardResult)
2938 return true;
2939 return this->emitDummyPtr(E, E);
2940}
2941
2942template <class Emitter>
2944 auto &A = Ctx.getASTContext();
2945 std::string Str;
2946 A.getObjCEncodingForType(E->getEncodedType(), Str);
2947 StringLiteral *SL =
2949 /*Pascal=*/false, E->getType(), E->getAtLoc());
2950 return this->delegate(SL);
2951}
2952
2953template <class Emitter>
2955 const SYCLUniqueStableNameExpr *E) {
2956 if (DiscardResult)
2957 return true;
2958
2959 assert(!Initializing);
2960
2961 auto &A = Ctx.getASTContext();
2962 std::string ResultStr = E->ComputeName(A);
2963
2964 QualType CharTy = A.CharTy.withConst();
2965 APInt Size(A.getTypeSize(A.getSizeType()), ResultStr.size() + 1);
2966 QualType ArrayTy = A.getConstantArrayType(CharTy, Size, nullptr,
2968
2969 StringLiteral *SL =
2971 /*Pascal=*/false, ArrayTy, E->getLocation());
2972
2973 unsigned StringIndex = P.createGlobalString(SL);
2974 return this->emitGetPtrGlobal(StringIndex, E);
2975}
2976
2977template <class Emitter>
2979 if (DiscardResult)
2980 return true;
2981 return this->emitConst(E->getValue(), E);
2982}
2983
2984template <class Emitter>
2986 const CompoundAssignOperator *E) {
2987
2988 const Expr *LHS = E->getLHS();
2989 const Expr *RHS = E->getRHS();
2990 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
2991 QualType LHSComputationType = E->getComputationLHSType();
2992 QualType ResultType = E->getComputationResultType();
2993 OptPrimType LT = classify(LHSComputationType);
2994 OptPrimType RT = classify(ResultType);
2995
2996 assert(ResultType->isFloatingType());
2997
2998 if (!LT || !RT)
2999 return false;
3000
3001 PrimType LHST = classifyPrim(LHSType);
3002
3003 // C++17 onwards require that we evaluate the RHS first.
3004 // Compute RHS and save it in a temporary variable so we can
3005 // load it again later.
3006 if (!visit(RHS))
3007 return false;
3008
3009 unsigned TempOffset = this->allocateLocalPrimitive(E, *RT, /*IsConst=*/true);
3010 if (!this->emitSetLocal(*RT, TempOffset, E))
3011 return false;
3012
3013 // First, visit LHS.
3014 if (!visit(LHS))
3015 return false;
3016 if (!this->emitLoad(LHST, E))
3017 return false;
3018
3019 // If necessary, convert LHS to its computation type.
3020 if (!this->emitPrimCast(LHST, classifyPrim(LHSComputationType),
3021 LHSComputationType, E))
3022 return false;
3023
3024 // Now load RHS.
3025 if (!this->emitGetLocal(*RT, TempOffset, E))
3026 return false;
3027
3028 switch (E->getOpcode()) {
3029 case BO_AddAssign:
3030 if (!this->emitAddf(getFPOptions(E), E))
3031 return false;
3032 break;
3033 case BO_SubAssign:
3034 if (!this->emitSubf(getFPOptions(E), E))
3035 return false;
3036 break;
3037 case BO_MulAssign:
3038 if (!this->emitMulf(getFPOptions(E), E))
3039 return false;
3040 break;
3041 case BO_DivAssign:
3042 if (!this->emitDivf(getFPOptions(E), E))
3043 return false;
3044 break;
3045 default:
3046 return false;
3047 }
3048
3049 if (!this->emitPrimCast(classifyPrim(ResultType), LHST, LHS->getType(), E))
3050 return false;
3051
3052 if (DiscardResult)
3053 return this->emitStorePop(LHST, E);
3054 return this->emitStore(LHST, E);
3055}
3056
3057template <class Emitter>
3059 const CompoundAssignOperator *E) {
3060 BinaryOperatorKind Op = E->getOpcode();
3061 const Expr *LHS = E->getLHS();
3062 const Expr *RHS = E->getRHS();
3063 OptPrimType LT = classify(LHS->getType());
3064 OptPrimType RT = classify(RHS->getType());
3065
3066 if (Op != BO_AddAssign && Op != BO_SubAssign)
3067 return false;
3068
3069 if (!LT || !RT)
3070 return false;
3071
3072 if (!visit(LHS))
3073 return false;
3074
3075 if (!this->emitLoad(*LT, LHS))
3076 return false;
3077
3078 if (!visit(RHS))
3079 return false;
3080
3081 if (Op == BO_AddAssign) {
3082 if (!this->emitAddOffset(*RT, E))
3083 return false;
3084 } else {
3085 if (!this->emitSubOffset(*RT, E))
3086 return false;
3087 }
3088
3089 if (DiscardResult)
3090 return this->emitStorePopPtr(E);
3091 return this->emitStorePtr(E);
3092}
3093
3094template <class Emitter>
3096 const CompoundAssignOperator *E) {
3097 if (E->getType()->isVectorType())
3098 return VisitVectorBinOp(E);
3099
3100 const Expr *LHS = E->getLHS();
3101 const Expr *RHS = E->getRHS();
3102 OptPrimType LHSComputationT = classify(E->getComputationLHSType());
3103 OptPrimType LT = classify(LHS->getType());
3104 OptPrimType RT = classify(RHS->getType());
3105 OptPrimType ResultT = classify(E->getType());
3106
3107 if (!Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14)
3108 return this->visit(RHS) && this->visit(LHS) && this->emitError(E);
3109
3110 if (!LT || !RT || !ResultT || !LHSComputationT)
3111 return false;
3112
3113 // Handle floating point operations separately here, since they
3114 // require special care.
3115
3116 if (ResultT == PT_Float || RT == PT_Float)
3118
3119 if (E->getType()->isPointerType())
3121
3122 assert(!E->getType()->isPointerType() && "Handled above");
3123 assert(!E->getType()->isFloatingType() && "Handled above");
3124
3125 // C++17 onwards require that we evaluate the RHS first.
3126 // Compute RHS and save it in a temporary variable so we can
3127 // load it again later.
3128 // FIXME: Compound assignments are unsequenced in C, so we might
3129 // have to figure out how to reject them.
3130 if (!visit(RHS))
3131 return false;
3132
3133 unsigned TempOffset = this->allocateLocalPrimitive(E, *RT, /*IsConst=*/true);
3134
3135 if (!this->emitSetLocal(*RT, TempOffset, E))
3136 return false;
3137
3138 // Get LHS pointer, load its value and cast it to the
3139 // computation type if necessary.
3140 if (!visit(LHS))
3141 return false;
3142 if (!this->emitLoad(*LT, E))
3143 return false;
3144 if (LT != LHSComputationT &&
3145 !this->emitIntegralCast(*LT, *LHSComputationT, E->getComputationLHSType(),
3146 E))
3147 return false;
3148
3149 // Get the RHS value on the stack.
3150 if (!this->emitGetLocal(*RT, TempOffset, E))
3151 return false;
3152
3153 // Perform operation.
3154 switch (E->getOpcode()) {
3155 case BO_AddAssign:
3156 if (!this->emitAdd(*LHSComputationT, E))
3157 return false;
3158 break;
3159 case BO_SubAssign:
3160 if (!this->emitSub(*LHSComputationT, E))
3161 return false;
3162 break;
3163 case BO_MulAssign:
3164 if (!this->emitMul(*LHSComputationT, E))
3165 return false;
3166 break;
3167 case BO_DivAssign:
3168 if (!this->emitDiv(*LHSComputationT, E))
3169 return false;
3170 break;
3171 case BO_RemAssign:
3172 if (!this->emitRem(*LHSComputationT, E))
3173 return false;
3174 break;
3175 case BO_ShlAssign:
3176 if (!this->emitShl(*LHSComputationT, *RT, E))
3177 return false;
3178 break;
3179 case BO_ShrAssign:
3180 if (!this->emitShr(*LHSComputationT, *RT, E))
3181 return false;
3182 break;
3183 case BO_AndAssign:
3184 if (!this->emitBitAnd(*LHSComputationT, E))
3185 return false;
3186 break;
3187 case BO_XorAssign:
3188 if (!this->emitBitXor(*LHSComputationT, E))
3189 return false;
3190 break;
3191 case BO_OrAssign:
3192 if (!this->emitBitOr(*LHSComputationT, E))
3193 return false;
3194 break;
3195 default:
3196 llvm_unreachable("Unimplemented compound assign operator");
3197 }
3198
3199 // And now cast from LHSComputationT to ResultT.
3200 if (ResultT != LHSComputationT &&
3201 !this->emitIntegralCast(*LHSComputationT, *ResultT, E->getType(), E))
3202 return false;
3203
3204 // And store the result in LHS.
3205 if (DiscardResult) {
3206 if (LHS->refersToBitField())
3207 return this->emitStoreBitFieldPop(*ResultT, E);
3208 return this->emitStorePop(*ResultT, E);
3209 }
3210 if (LHS->refersToBitField())
3211 return this->emitStoreBitField(*ResultT, E);
3212 return this->emitStore(*ResultT, E);
3213}
3214
3215template <class Emitter>
3218 const Expr *SubExpr = E->getSubExpr();
3219
3220 return this->delegate(SubExpr) && ES.destroyLocals(E);
3221}
3222
3223template <class Emitter>
3225 const MaterializeTemporaryExpr *E) {
3226 if (Initializing) {
3227 // We already have a value, just initialize that.
3228 return this->delegate(E->getSubExpr());
3229 }
3230 // If we don't end up using the materialized temporary anyway, don't
3231 // bother creating it.
3232 if (DiscardResult)
3233 return this->discard(E->getSubExpr());
3234
3237 const Expr *Inner;
3238 if (!Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
3239 Inner =
3240 E->getSubExpr()->skipRValueSubobjectAdjustments(CommaLHSs, Adjustments);
3241 else
3242 Inner = E->getSubExpr();
3243
3244 // If we passed any comma operators, evaluate their LHSs.
3245 for (const Expr *LHS : CommaLHSs) {
3246 if (!this->discard(LHS))
3247 return false;
3248 }
3249
3250 // FIXME: Find a test case where Adjustments matters.
3251
3252 // When we're extending a global variable *or* the storage duration of
3253 // the temporary is explicitly static, create a global variable.
3254 OptPrimType InnerT = classify(Inner);
3255 const ValueDecl *ExtendingDecl = E->getExtendingDecl();
3256 bool IsStatic = E->getStorageDuration() == SD_Static;
3257 if (IsStatic ||
3258 (ExtendingDecl && Context::shouldBeGloballyIndexed(ExtendingDecl))) {
3259 UnsignedOrNone GlobalIndex = P.createGlobal(E, Inner->getType());
3260 if (!GlobalIndex)
3261 return false;
3262
3263 const LifetimeExtendedTemporaryDecl *TempDecl =
3265
3266 if (InnerT) {
3267 if (!this->visit(Inner))
3268 return false;
3269
3270 if (IsStatic) {
3271 assert(TempDecl);
3272 if (!this->emitInitGlobalTemp(*InnerT, *GlobalIndex, TempDecl, E))
3273 return false;
3274 } else {
3275 if (!this->emitInitGlobal(*InnerT, *GlobalIndex, E))
3276 return false;
3277 }
3278 return this->emitGetPtrGlobal(*GlobalIndex, E);
3279 }
3280
3281 if (!this->checkLiteralType(Inner))
3282 return false;
3283 // Non-primitive values.
3284 if (!this->emitGetPtrGlobal(*GlobalIndex, E))
3285 return false;
3286 if (!this->visitInitializer(Inner))
3287 return false;
3288 if (IsStatic) {
3289 assert(TempDecl);
3290 return this->emitInitGlobalTempComp(TempDecl, E);
3291 }
3292 return true;
3293 }
3294
3298
3299 // For everyhing else, use local variables.
3300 if (InnerT) {
3301 bool IsConst = Inner->getType().isConstQualified();
3302 bool IsVolatile = Inner->getType().isVolatileQualified();
3303 unsigned LocalIndex =
3304 allocateLocalPrimitive(E, *InnerT, IsConst, IsVolatile, VarScope);
3305 if (!this->VarScope->LocalsAlwaysEnabled &&
3306 !this->emitEnableLocal(LocalIndex, E))
3307 return false;
3308
3309 if (!this->visit(Inner))
3310 return false;
3311 if (!this->emitSetLocal(*InnerT, LocalIndex, E))
3312 return false;
3313
3314 return this->emitGetPtrLocal(LocalIndex, E);
3315 }
3316
3317 if (!this->checkLiteralType(Inner))
3318 return false;
3319
3320 if (UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex =
3321 allocateLocal(E, Inner->getType(), VarScope)) {
3322 InitLinkScope<Emitter> ILS(this, InitLink::Temp(*LocalIndex));
3323
3324 if (!this->VarScope->LocalsAlwaysEnabled &&
3325 !this->emitEnableLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
3326 return false;
3327
3328 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
3329 return false;
3330 return this->visitInitializer(Inner);
3331 }
3332 return false;
3333}
3334
3335template <class Emitter>
3337 const CXXBindTemporaryExpr *E) {
3338 const Expr *SubExpr = E->getSubExpr();
3339
3340 if (Initializing)
3341 return this->delegate(SubExpr);
3342
3343 // Make sure we create a temporary even if we're discarding, since that will
3344 // make sure we will also call the destructor.
3345
3346 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
3347 return false;
3348
3349 if (DiscardResult)
3350 return this->emitPopPtr(E);
3351 return true;
3352}
3353
3354template <class Emitter>
3356 const Expr *Init = E->getInitializer();
3357 if (DiscardResult)
3358 return this->discard(Init);
3359
3360 if (Initializing) {
3361 // We already have a value, just initialize that.
3362 return this->visitInitializer(Init);
3363 }
3364
3365 OptPrimType T = classify(E->getType());
3366 if (E->isFileScope()) {
3367 // Avoid creating a variable if this is a primitive RValue anyway.
3368 if (T && !E->isLValue())
3369 return this->delegate(Init);
3370
3371 UnsignedOrNone GlobalIndex = P.createGlobal(E, E->getType());
3372 if (!GlobalIndex)
3373 return false;
3374
3375 if (!this->emitGetPtrGlobal(*GlobalIndex, E))
3376 return false;
3377
3378 // Since this is a global variable, we might've already seen,
3379 // don't do it again.
3380 if (P.isGlobalInitialized(*GlobalIndex))
3381 return true;
3382
3383 if (T) {
3384 if (!this->visit(Init))
3385 return false;
3386 return this->emitInitGlobal(*T, *GlobalIndex, E);
3387 }
3388
3389 return this->visitInitializer(Init);
3390 }
3391
3392 // Otherwise, use a local variable.
3393 if (T && !E->isLValue()) {
3394 // For primitive types, we just visit the initializer.
3395 return this->delegate(Init);
3396 }
3397
3398 unsigned LocalIndex;
3399 if (T)
3400 LocalIndex = this->allocateLocalPrimitive(Init, *T, /*IsConst=*/false);
3401 else if (UnsignedOrNone MaybeIndex = this->allocateLocal(Init))
3402 LocalIndex = *MaybeIndex;
3403 else
3404 return false;
3405
3406 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(LocalIndex, E))
3407 return false;
3408
3409 if (T)
3410 return this->visit(Init) && this->emitInit(*T, E);
3411 return this->visitInitializer(Init);
3412}
3413
3414template <class Emitter>
3416 if (DiscardResult)
3417 return true;
3418 if (E->isStoredAsBoolean()) {
3419 if (E->getType()->isBooleanType())
3420 return this->emitConstBool(E->getBoolValue(), E);
3421 return this->emitConst(E->getBoolValue(), E);
3422 }
3423 PrimType T = classifyPrim(E->getType());
3424 return this->visitAPValue(E->getAPValue(), T, E);
3425}
3426
3427template <class Emitter>
3429 if (DiscardResult)
3430 return true;
3431 return this->emitConst(E->getValue(), E);
3432}
3433
3434template <class Emitter>
3436 if (DiscardResult)
3437 return true;
3438
3439 assert(Initializing);
3440 const Record *R = P.getOrCreateRecord(E->getLambdaClass());
3441 if (!R)
3442 return false;
3443
3444 auto *CaptureInitIt = E->capture_init_begin();
3445 // Initialize all fields (which represent lambda captures) of the
3446 // record with their initializers.
3447 for (const Record::Field &F : R->fields()) {
3448 const Expr *Init = *CaptureInitIt;
3449 if (!Init || Init->containsErrors())
3450 continue;
3451 ++CaptureInitIt;
3452
3453 if (OptPrimType T = classify(Init)) {
3454 if (!this->visit(Init))
3455 return false;
3456
3457 if (!this->emitInitField(*T, F.Offset, E))
3458 return false;
3459 } else {
3460 if (!this->emitGetPtrField(F.Offset, E))
3461 return false;
3462
3463 if (!this->visitInitializerPop(Init))
3464 return false;
3465 }
3466 }
3467
3468 return true;
3469}
3470
3471template <class Emitter>
3473 if (DiscardResult)
3474 return true;
3475
3476 if (!Initializing) {
3477 unsigned StringIndex = P.createGlobalString(E->getFunctionName(), E);
3478 return this->emitGetPtrGlobal(StringIndex, E);
3479 }
3480
3481 return this->delegate(E->getFunctionName());
3482}
3483
3484template <class Emitter>
3486 if (E->getSubExpr() && !this->discard(E->getSubExpr()))
3487 return false;
3488
3489 return this->emitInvalid(E);
3490}
3491
3492template <class Emitter>
3494 const CXXReinterpretCastExpr *E) {
3495 const Expr *SubExpr = E->getSubExpr();
3496
3497 OptPrimType FromT = classify(SubExpr);
3498 OptPrimType ToT = classify(E);
3499
3500 if (!FromT || !ToT)
3501 return this->emitInvalidCast(CastKind::Reinterpret, /*Fatal=*/true, E);
3502
3503 if (FromT == PT_Ptr || ToT == PT_Ptr) {
3504 // Both types could be PT_Ptr because their expressions are glvalues.
3505 OptPrimType PointeeFromT;
3506 if (SubExpr->getType()->isPointerOrReferenceType())
3507 PointeeFromT = classify(SubExpr->getType()->getPointeeType());
3508 else
3509 PointeeFromT = classify(SubExpr->getType());
3510
3511 OptPrimType PointeeToT;
3513 PointeeToT = classify(E->getType()->getPointeeType());
3514 else
3515 PointeeToT = classify(E->getType());
3516
3517 bool Fatal = true;
3518 if (PointeeToT && PointeeFromT) {
3519 if (isIntegerOrBoolType(*PointeeFromT) &&
3520 isIntegerOrBoolType(*PointeeToT))
3521 Fatal = false;
3522 else if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueBitCast)
3523 Fatal = false;
3524 } else {
3525 Fatal = SubExpr->getType().getTypePtr() != E->getType().getTypePtr();
3526 }
3527
3528 if (!this->emitInvalidCast(CastKind::Reinterpret, Fatal, E))
3529 return false;
3530
3531 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueBitCast)
3532 return this->delegate(SubExpr);
3533 return this->VisitCastExpr(E);
3534 }
3535
3536 // Try to actually do the cast.
3537 bool Fatal = (ToT != FromT);
3538 if (!this->emitInvalidCast(CastKind::Reinterpret, Fatal, E))
3539 return false;
3540
3541 return this->VisitCastExpr(E);
3542}
3543
3544template <class Emitter>
3546
3547 if (!Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20) {
3548 if (!this->emitInvalidCast(CastKind::Dynamic, /*Fatal=*/false, E))
3549 return false;
3550 }
3551
3552 return this->VisitCastExpr(E);
3553}
3554
3555template <class Emitter>
3557 assert(E->getType()->isBooleanType());
3558
3559 if (DiscardResult)
3560 return true;
3561 return this->emitConstBool(E->getValue(), E);
3562}
3563
3564template <class Emitter>
3566 QualType T = E->getType();
3567 assert(!canClassify(T));
3568
3569 if (T->isRecordType()) {
3570 const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = E->getConstructor();
3571
3572 // If we're discarding a construct expression, we still need
3573 // to allocate a variable and call the constructor and destructor.
3574 if (DiscardResult) {
3575 if (Ctor->isTrivial())
3576 return true;
3577 assert(!Initializing);
3578 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateLocal(E);
3579
3580 if (!LocalIndex)
3581 return false;
3582
3583 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
3584 return false;
3585 }
3586
3587 // Trivial copy/move constructor. Avoid copy.
3588 if (Ctor->isDefaulted() && Ctor->isCopyOrMoveConstructor() &&
3589 Ctor->isTrivial() &&
3590 E->getArg(0)->isTemporaryObject(Ctx.getASTContext(),
3591 T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()))
3592 return this->visitInitializer(E->getArg(0));
3593
3594 // Zero initialization.
3595 bool ZeroInit = E->requiresZeroInitialization();
3596 if (ZeroInit) {
3597 const Record *R = getRecord(E->getType());
3598 if (!R)
3599 return false;
3600
3601 if (!this->visitZeroRecordInitializer(R, E))
3602 return false;
3603
3604 // If the constructor is trivial anyway, we're done.
3605 if (Ctor->isTrivial())
3606 return true;
3607 }
3608
3609 // Avoid materializing a temporary for an elidable copy/move constructor.
3610 if (!ZeroInit && E->isElidable()) {
3611 const Expr *SrcObj = E->getArg(0);
3612 assert(SrcObj->isTemporaryObject(Ctx.getASTContext(), Ctor->getParent()));
3613 assert(Ctx.getASTContext().hasSameUnqualifiedType(E->getType(),
3614 SrcObj->getType()));
3615 if (const auto *ME = dyn_cast<MaterializeTemporaryExpr>(SrcObj)) {
3616 if (!this->emitCheckFunctionDecl(Ctor, E))
3617 return false;
3618 return this->visitInitializer(ME->getSubExpr());
3619 }
3620 }
3621
3622 const Function *Func = getFunction(Ctor);
3623
3624 if (!Func)
3625 return false;
3626
3627 assert(Func->hasThisPointer());
3628 assert(!Func->hasRVO());
3629
3630 // The This pointer is already on the stack because this is an initializer,
3631 // but we need to dup() so the call() below has its own copy.
3632 if (!this->emitDupPtr(E))
3633 return false;
3634
3635 // Constructor arguments.
3636 for (const auto *Arg : E->arguments()) {
3637 if (!this->visit(Arg))
3638 return false;
3639 }
3640
3641 if (Func->isVariadic()) {
3642 uint32_t VarArgSize = 0;
3643 unsigned NumParams = Func->getNumWrittenParams();
3644 for (unsigned I = NumParams, N = E->getNumArgs(); I != N; ++I) {
3645 VarArgSize +=
3646 align(primSize(classify(E->getArg(I)->getType()).value_or(PT_Ptr)));
3647 }
3648 if (!this->emitCallVar(Func, VarArgSize, E))
3649 return false;
3650 } else {
3651 if (!this->emitCall(Func, 0, E)) {
3652 // When discarding, we don't need the result anyway, so clean up
3653 // the instance dup we did earlier in case surrounding code wants
3654 // to keep evaluating.
3655 if (DiscardResult)
3656 (void)this->emitPopPtr(E);
3657 return false;
3658 }
3659 }
3660
3661 if (DiscardResult)
3662 return this->emitPopPtr(E);
3663 return true;
3664 }
3665
3666 if (T->isArrayType()) {
3667 const Function *Func = getFunction(E->getConstructor());
3668 if (!Func)
3669 return false;
3670
3671 if (!this->emitDupPtr(E))
3672 return false;
3673
3674 std::function<bool(QualType)> initArrayDimension;
3675 initArrayDimension = [&](QualType T) -> bool {
3676 if (!T->isArrayType()) {
3677 // Constructor arguments.
3678 for (const auto *Arg : E->arguments()) {
3679 if (!this->visit(Arg))
3680 return false;
3681 }
3682
3683 return this->emitCall(Func, 0, E);
3684 }
3685
3686 const ConstantArrayType *CAT =
3687 Ctx.getASTContext().getAsConstantArrayType(T);
3688 if (!CAT)
3689 return false;
3690 QualType ElemTy = CAT->getElementType();
3691 unsigned NumElems = CAT->getZExtSize();
3692 for (size_t I = 0; I != NumElems; ++I) {
3693 if (!this->emitConstUint64(I, E))
3694 return false;
3695 if (!this->emitArrayElemPtrUint64(E))
3696 return false;
3697 if (!initArrayDimension(ElemTy))
3698 return false;
3699 }
3700 return this->emitPopPtr(E);
3701 };
3702
3703 return initArrayDimension(E->getType());
3704 }
3705
3706 return false;
3707}
3708
3709template <class Emitter>
3711 if (DiscardResult)
3712 return true;
3713
3714 const APValue Val =
3715 E->EvaluateInContext(Ctx.getASTContext(), SourceLocDefaultExpr);
3716
3717 // Things like __builtin_LINE().
3718 if (E->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
3719 assert(Val.isInt());
3720 const APSInt &I = Val.getInt();
3721 return this->emitConst(I, E);
3722 }
3723 // Otherwise, the APValue is an LValue, with only one element.
3724 // Theoretically, we don't need the APValue at all of course.
3725 assert(E->getType()->isPointerType());
3726 assert(Val.isLValue());
3727 const APValue::LValueBase &Base = Val.getLValueBase();
3728 if (const Expr *LValueExpr = Base.dyn_cast<const Expr *>())
3729 return this->visit(LValueExpr);
3730
3731 // Otherwise, we have a decl (which is the case for
3732 // __builtin_source_location).
3733 assert(Base.is<const ValueDecl *>());
3734 assert(Val.getLValuePath().size() == 0);
3735 const auto *BaseDecl = Base.dyn_cast<const ValueDecl *>();
3736 assert(BaseDecl);
3737
3738 auto *UGCD = cast<UnnamedGlobalConstantDecl>(BaseDecl);
3739
3740 UnsignedOrNone GlobalIndex = P.getOrCreateGlobal(UGCD);
3741 if (!GlobalIndex)
3742 return false;
3743
3744 if (!this->emitGetPtrGlobal(*GlobalIndex, E))
3745 return false;
3746
3747 const Record *R = getRecord(E->getType());
3748 const APValue &V = UGCD->getValue();
3749 for (unsigned I = 0, N = R->getNumFields(); I != N; ++I) {
3750 const Record::Field *F = R->getField(I);
3751 const APValue &FieldValue = V.getStructField(I);
3752
3753 PrimType FieldT = classifyPrim(F->Decl->getType());
3754
3755 if (!this->visitAPValue(FieldValue, FieldT, E))
3756 return false;
3757 if (!this->emitInitField(FieldT, F->Offset, E))
3758 return false;
3759 }
3760
3761 // Leave the pointer to the global on the stack.
3762 return true;
3763}
3764
3765template <class Emitter>
3767 unsigned N = E->getNumComponents();
3768 if (N == 0)
3769 return false;
3770
3771 for (unsigned I = 0; I != N; ++I) {
3772 const OffsetOfNode &Node = E->getComponent(I);
3773 if (Node.getKind() == OffsetOfNode::Array) {
3774 const Expr *ArrayIndexExpr = E->getIndexExpr(Node.getArrayExprIndex());
3775 PrimType IndexT = classifyPrim(ArrayIndexExpr->getType());
3776
3777 if (DiscardResult) {
3778 if (!this->discard(ArrayIndexExpr))
3779 return false;
3780 continue;
3781 }
3782
3783 if (!this->visit(ArrayIndexExpr))
3784 return false;
3785 // Cast to Sint64.
3786 if (IndexT != PT_Sint64) {
3787 if (!this->emitCast(IndexT, PT_Sint64, E))
3788 return false;
3789 }
3790 }
3791 }
3792
3793 if (DiscardResult)
3794 return true;
3795
3796 PrimType T = classifyPrim(E->getType());
3797 return this->emitOffsetOf(T, E, E);
3798}
3799
3800template <class Emitter>
3802 const CXXScalarValueInitExpr *E) {
3803 QualType Ty = E->getType();
3804
3805 if (DiscardResult || Ty->isVoidType())
3806 return true;
3807
3808 if (OptPrimType T = classify(Ty))
3809 return this->visitZeroInitializer(*T, Ty, E);
3810
3811 if (const auto *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
3812 if (!Initializing) {
3813 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateLocal(E);
3814 if (!LocalIndex)
3815 return false;
3816 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
3817 return false;
3818 }
3819
3820 // Initialize both fields to 0.
3821 QualType ElemQT = CT->getElementType();
3822 PrimType ElemT = classifyPrim(ElemQT);
3823
3824 for (unsigned I = 0; I != 2; ++I) {
3825 if (!this->visitZeroInitializer(ElemT, ElemQT, E))
3826 return false;
3827 if (!this->emitInitElem(ElemT, I, E))
3828 return false;
3829 }
3830 return true;
3831 }
3832
3833 if (const auto *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
3834 // FIXME: Code duplication with the _Complex case above.
3835 if (!Initializing) {
3836 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateLocal(E);
3837 if (!LocalIndex)
3838 return false;
3839 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
3840 return false;
3841 }
3842
3843 // Initialize all fields to 0.
3844 QualType ElemQT = VT->getElementType();
3845 PrimType ElemT = classifyPrim(ElemQT);
3846
3847 for (unsigned I = 0, N = VT->getNumElements(); I != N; ++I) {
3848 if (!this->visitZeroInitializer(ElemT, ElemQT, E))
3849 return false;
3850 if (!this->emitInitElem(ElemT, I, E))
3851 return false;
3852 }
3853 return true;
3854 }
3855
3856 return false;
3857}
3858
3859template <class Emitter>
3861 return this->emitConst(E->getPackLength(), E);
3862}
3863
3864template <class Emitter>
3869
3870template <class Emitter>
3872 return this->delegate(E->getChosenSubExpr());
3873}
3874
3875template <class Emitter>
3877 if (DiscardResult)
3878 return true;
3879
3880 return this->emitConst(E->getValue(), E);
3881}
3882
3883template <class Emitter>
3885 const CXXInheritedCtorInitExpr *E) {
3886 const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = E->getConstructor();
3887 assert(!Ctor->isTrivial() &&
3888 "Trivial CXXInheritedCtorInitExpr, implement. (possible?)");
3889 const Function *F = this->getFunction(Ctor);
3890 assert(F);
3891 assert(!F->hasRVO());
3892 assert(F->hasThisPointer());
3893
3894 if (!this->emitDupPtr(SourceInfo{}))
3895 return false;
3896
3897 // Forward all arguments of the current function (which should be a
3898 // constructor itself) to the inherited ctor.
3899 // This is necessary because the calling code has pushed the pointer
3900 // of the correct base for us already, but the arguments need
3901 // to come after.
3902 unsigned ParamIndex = 0;
3903 for (const ParmVarDecl *PD : Ctor->parameters()) {
3904 PrimType PT = this->classify(PD->getType()).value_or(PT_Ptr);
3905
3906 if (!this->emitGetParam(PT, ParamIndex, E))
3907 return false;
3908 ++ParamIndex;
3909 }
3910
3911 return this->emitCall(F, 0, E);
3912}
3913
3914// FIXME: This function has become rather unwieldy, especially
3915// the part where we initialize an array allocation of dynamic size.
3916template <class Emitter>
3918 assert(classifyPrim(E->getType()) == PT_Ptr);
3919 const Expr *Init = E->getInitializer();
3920 QualType ElementType = E->getAllocatedType();
3921 OptPrimType ElemT = classify(ElementType);
3922 unsigned PlacementArgs = E->getNumPlacementArgs();
3923 const FunctionDecl *OperatorNew = E->getOperatorNew();
3924 const Expr *PlacementDest = nullptr;
3925 bool IsNoThrow = false;
3926
3927 if (E->containsErrors())
3928 return false;
3929
3930 if (PlacementArgs != 0) {
3931 // FIXME: There is no restriction on this, but it's not clear that any
3932 // other form makes any sense. We get here for cases such as:
3933 //
3934 // new (std::align_val_t{N}) X(int)
3935 //
3936 // (which should presumably be valid only if N is a multiple of
3937 // alignof(int), and in any case can't be deallocated unless N is
3938 // alignof(X) and X has new-extended alignment).
3939 if (PlacementArgs == 1) {
3940 const Expr *Arg1 = E->getPlacementArg(0);
3941 if (Arg1->getType()->isNothrowT()) {
3942 if (!this->discard(Arg1))
3943 return false;
3944 IsNoThrow = true;
3945 } else {
3946 // Invalid unless we have C++26 or are in a std:: function.
3947 if (!this->emitInvalidNewDeleteExpr(E, E))
3948 return false;
3949
3950 // If we have a placement-new destination, we'll later use that instead
3951 // of allocating.
3952 if (OperatorNew->isReservedGlobalPlacementOperator())
3953 PlacementDest = Arg1;
3954 }
3955 } else {
3956 // Always invalid.
3957 return this->emitInvalid(E);
3958 }
3959 } else if (!OperatorNew
3960 ->isUsableAsGlobalAllocationFunctionInConstantEvaluation())
3961 return this->emitInvalidNewDeleteExpr(E, E);
3962
3963 const Descriptor *Desc;
3964 if (!PlacementDest) {
3965 if (ElemT) {
3966 if (E->isArray())
3967 Desc = nullptr; // We're not going to use it in this case.
3968 else
3969 Desc = P.createDescriptor(E, *ElemT, /*SourceTy=*/nullptr,
3971 } else {
3972 Desc = P.createDescriptor(
3973 E, ElementType.getTypePtr(),
3974 E->isArray() ? std::nullopt : Descriptor::InlineDescMD,
3975 /*IsConst=*/false, /*IsTemporary=*/false, /*IsMutable=*/false,
3976 /*IsVolatile=*/false, Init);
3977 }
3978 }
3979
3980 if (E->isArray()) {
3981 std::optional<const Expr *> ArraySizeExpr = E->getArraySize();
3982 if (!ArraySizeExpr)
3983 return false;
3984
3985 const Expr *Stripped = *ArraySizeExpr;
3986 for (; auto *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Stripped);
3987 Stripped = ICE->getSubExpr())
3988 if (ICE->getCastKind() != CK_NoOp &&
3989 ICE->getCastKind() != CK_IntegralCast)
3990 break;
3991
3992 PrimType SizeT = classifyPrim(Stripped->getType());
3993
3994 // Save evaluated array size to a variable.
3995 unsigned ArrayLen =
3996 allocateLocalPrimitive(Stripped, SizeT, /*IsConst=*/false);
3997 if (!this->visit(Stripped))
3998 return false;
3999 if (!this->emitSetLocal(SizeT, ArrayLen, E))
4000 return false;
4001
4002 if (PlacementDest) {
4003 if (!this->visit(PlacementDest))
4004 return false;
4005 if (!this->emitGetLocal(SizeT, ArrayLen, E))
4006 return false;
4007 if (!this->emitCheckNewTypeMismatchArray(SizeT, E, E))
4008 return false;
4009 } else {
4010 if (!this->emitGetLocal(SizeT, ArrayLen, E))
4011 return false;
4012
4013 if (ElemT) {
4014 // N primitive elements.
4015 if (!this->emitAllocN(SizeT, *ElemT, E, IsNoThrow, E))
4016 return false;
4017 } else {
4018 // N Composite elements.
4019 if (!this->emitAllocCN(SizeT, Desc, IsNoThrow, E))
4020 return false;
4021 }
4022 }
4023
4024 if (Init) {
4025 QualType InitType = Init->getType();
4026 size_t StaticInitElems = 0;
4027 const Expr *DynamicInit = nullptr;
4028 OptPrimType ElemT;
4029
4030 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT =
4031 Ctx.getASTContext().getAsConstantArrayType(InitType)) {
4032 StaticInitElems = CAT->getZExtSize();
4033 // Initialize the first S element from the initializer.
4034 if (!this->visitInitializer(Init))
4035 return false;
4036
4037 if (const auto *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) {
4038 if (ILE->hasArrayFiller())
4039 DynamicInit = ILE->getArrayFiller();
4040 else if (isa<StringLiteral>(ILE->getInit(0)))
4041 ElemT = classifyPrim(CAT->getElementType());
4042 }
4043 }
4044
4045 // The initializer initializes a certain number of elements, S.
4046 // However, the complete number of elements, N, might be larger than that.
4047 // In this case, we need to get an initializer for the remaining elements.
4048 // There are three cases:
4049 // 1) For the form 'new Struct[n];', the initializer is a
4050 // CXXConstructExpr and its type is an IncompleteArrayType.
4051 // 2) For the form 'new Struct[n]{1,2,3}', the initializer is an
4052 // InitListExpr and the initializer for the remaining elements
4053 // is the array filler.
4054 // 3) StringLiterals don't have an array filler, so we need to zero
4055 // the remaining elements.
4056
4057 if (DynamicInit || ElemT || InitType->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
4058 const Function *CtorFunc = nullptr;
4059 if (const auto *CE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init)) {
4060 CtorFunc = getFunction(CE->getConstructor());
4061 if (!CtorFunc)
4062 return false;
4063 } else if (!DynamicInit && !ElemT)
4064 DynamicInit = Init;
4065
4066 LabelTy EndLabel = this->getLabel();
4067 LabelTy StartLabel = this->getLabel();
4068
4069 // In the nothrow case, the alloc above might have returned nullptr.
4070 // Don't call any constructors that case.
4071 if (IsNoThrow) {
4072 if (!this->emitDupPtr(E))
4073 return false;
4074 if (!this->emitNullPtr(0, nullptr, E))
4075 return false;
4076 if (!this->emitEQPtr(E))
4077 return false;
4078 if (!this->jumpTrue(EndLabel, E))
4079 return false;
4080 }
4081
4082 // Create loop variables.
4083 unsigned Iter =
4084 allocateLocalPrimitive(Stripped, SizeT, /*IsConst=*/false);
4085 if (!this->emitConst(StaticInitElems, SizeT, E))
4086 return false;
4087 if (!this->emitSetLocal(SizeT, Iter, E))
4088 return false;
4089
4090 this->fallthrough(StartLabel);
4091 this->emitLabel(StartLabel);
4092 // Condition. Iter < ArrayLen?
4093 if (!this->emitGetLocal(SizeT, Iter, E))
4094 return false;
4095 if (!this->emitGetLocal(SizeT, ArrayLen, E))
4096 return false;
4097 if (!this->emitLT(SizeT, E))
4098 return false;
4099 if (!this->jumpFalse(EndLabel, E))
4100 return false;
4101
4102 // Pointer to the allocated array is already on the stack.
4103 if (!this->emitGetLocal(SizeT, Iter, E))
4104 return false;
4105 if (!this->emitArrayElemPtr(SizeT, E))
4106 return false;
4107
4108 if (isa_and_nonnull<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(DynamicInit) &&
4109 DynamicInit->getType()->isArrayType()) {
4110 QualType ElemType =
4111 DynamicInit->getType()->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
4112 PrimType InitT = classifyPrim(ElemType);
4113 if (!this->visitZeroInitializer(InitT, ElemType, E))
4114 return false;
4115 if (!this->emitStorePop(InitT, E))
4116 return false;
4117 } else if (DynamicInit) {
4118 if (OptPrimType InitT = classify(DynamicInit)) {
4119 if (!this->visit(DynamicInit))
4120 return false;
4121 if (!this->emitStorePop(*InitT, E))
4122 return false;
4123 } else {
4124 if (!this->visitInitializerPop(DynamicInit))
4125 return false;
4126 }
4127 } else if (ElemT) {
4128 if (!this->visitZeroInitializer(
4129 *ElemT, InitType->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(),
4130 Init))
4131 return false;
4132 if (!this->emitStorePop(*ElemT, E))
4133 return false;
4134 } else {
4135 assert(CtorFunc);
4136 if (!this->emitCall(CtorFunc, 0, E))
4137 return false;
4138 }
4139
4140 // ++Iter;
4141 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(Iter, E))
4142 return false;
4143 if (!this->emitIncPop(SizeT, false, E))
4144 return false;
4145
4146 if (!this->jump(StartLabel, E))
4147 return false;
4148
4149 this->fallthrough(EndLabel);
4150 this->emitLabel(EndLabel);
4151 }
4152 }
4153 } else { // Non-array.
4154 if (PlacementDest) {
4155 if (!this->visit(PlacementDest))
4156 return false;
4157 if (!this->emitCheckNewTypeMismatch(E, E))
4158 return false;
4159
4160 } else {
4161 // Allocate just one element.
4162 if (!this->emitAlloc(Desc, E))
4163 return false;
4164 }
4165
4166 if (Init) {
4167 if (ElemT) {
4168 if (!this->visit(Init))
4169 return false;
4170
4171 if (!this->emitInit(*ElemT, E))
4172 return false;
4173 } else {
4174 // Composite.
4175 if (!this->visitInitializer(Init))
4176 return false;
4177 }
4178 }
4179 }
4180
4181 if (DiscardResult)
4182 return this->emitPopPtr(E);
4183
4184 return true;
4185}
4186
4187template <class Emitter>
4189 if (E->containsErrors())
4190 return false;
4191 const FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = E->getOperatorDelete();
4192
4193 if (!OperatorDelete->isUsableAsGlobalAllocationFunctionInConstantEvaluation())
4194 return this->emitInvalidNewDeleteExpr(E, E);
4195
4196 // Arg must be an lvalue.
4197 if (!this->visit(E->getArgument()))
4198 return false;
4199
4200 return this->emitFree(E->isArrayForm(), E->isGlobalDelete(), E);
4201}
4202
4203template <class Emitter>
4205 if (DiscardResult)
4206 return true;
4207
4208 const Function *Func = nullptr;
4209 if (const Function *F = Ctx.getOrCreateObjCBlock(E))
4210 Func = F;
4211
4212 if (!Func)
4213 return false;
4214 return this->emitGetFnPtr(Func, E);
4215}
4216
4217template <class Emitter>
4219 const Type *TypeInfoType = E->getType().getTypePtr();
4220
4221 auto canonType = [](const Type *T) {
4222 return T->getCanonicalTypeUnqualified().getTypePtr();
4223 };
4224
4225 if (!E->isPotentiallyEvaluated()) {
4226 if (DiscardResult)
4227 return true;
4228
4229 if (E->isTypeOperand())
4230 return this->emitGetTypeid(
4231 canonType(E->getTypeOperand(Ctx.getASTContext()).getTypePtr()),
4232 TypeInfoType, E);
4233
4234 return this->emitGetTypeid(
4235 canonType(E->getExprOperand()->getType().getTypePtr()), TypeInfoType,
4236 E);
4237 }
4238
4239 // Otherwise, we need to evaluate the expression operand.
4240 assert(E->getExprOperand());
4241 assert(E->getExprOperand()->isLValue());
4242
4243 if (!Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 && !this->emitDiagTypeid(E))
4244 return false;
4245
4246 if (!this->visit(E->getExprOperand()))
4247 return false;
4248
4249 if (!this->emitGetTypeidPtr(TypeInfoType, E))
4250 return false;
4251 if (DiscardResult)
4252 return this->emitPopPtr(E);
4253 return true;
4254}
4255
4256template <class Emitter>
4258 const ObjCDictionaryLiteral *E) {
4260 return this->emitDummyPtr(E, E);
4261 return this->emitError(E);
4262}
4263
4264template <class Emitter>
4267 return this->emitDummyPtr(E, E);
4268 return this->emitError(E);
4269}
4270
4271template <class Emitter>
4273 assert(Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus);
4274 return this->emitConstBool(E->getValue(), E);
4275}
4276
4277template <class Emitter>
4279 if (DiscardResult)
4280 return true;
4281 assert(!Initializing);
4282
4283 const MSGuidDecl *GuidDecl = E->getGuidDecl();
4284 const RecordDecl *RD = GuidDecl->getType()->getAsRecordDecl();
4285 assert(RD);
4286 // If the definiton of the result type is incomplete, just return a dummy.
4287 // If (and when) that is read from, we will fail, but not now.
4288 if (!RD->isCompleteDefinition())
4289 return this->emitDummyPtr(GuidDecl, E);
4290
4291 UnsignedOrNone GlobalIndex = P.getOrCreateGlobal(GuidDecl);
4292 if (!GlobalIndex)
4293 return false;
4294 if (!this->emitGetPtrGlobal(*GlobalIndex, E))
4295 return false;
4296
4297 assert(this->getRecord(E->getType()));
4298
4299 const APValue &V = GuidDecl->getAsAPValue();
4300 if (V.getKind() == APValue::None)
4301 return true;
4302
4303 assert(V.isStruct());
4304 assert(V.getStructNumBases() == 0);
4305 if (!this->visitAPValueInitializer(V, E, E->getType()))
4306 return false;
4307
4308 return this->emitFinishInit(E);
4309}
4310
4311template <class Emitter>
4313 assert(classifyPrim(E->getType()) == PT_Bool);
4314 if (E->isValueDependent())
4315 return false;
4316 if (DiscardResult)
4317 return true;
4318 return this->emitConstBool(E->isSatisfied(), E);
4319}
4320
4321template <class Emitter>
4323 const ConceptSpecializationExpr *E) {
4324 assert(classifyPrim(E->getType()) == PT_Bool);
4325 if (DiscardResult)
4326 return true;
4327 return this->emitConstBool(E->isSatisfied(), E);
4328}
4329
4330template <class Emitter>
4335
4336template <class Emitter>
4338
4339 for (const Expr *SemE : E->semantics()) {
4340 if (auto *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(SemE)) {
4341 if (SemE == E->getResultExpr())
4342 return false;
4343
4344 if (OVE->isUnique())
4345 continue;
4346
4347 if (!this->discard(OVE))
4348 return false;
4349 } else if (SemE == E->getResultExpr()) {
4350 if (!this->delegate(SemE))
4351 return false;
4352 } else {
4353 if (!this->discard(SemE))
4354 return false;
4355 }
4356 }
4357 return true;
4358}
4359
4360template <class Emitter>
4364
4365template <class Emitter>
4367 return this->emitError(E);
4368}
4369
4370template <class Emitter>
4372 assert(E->getType()->isVoidPointerType());
4373 if (DiscardResult)
4374 return true;
4375
4376 return this->emitDummyPtr(E, E);
4377}
4378
4379template <class Emitter>
4381 assert(Initializing);
4382 const auto *VT = E->getType()->castAs<VectorType>();
4383 QualType ElemType = VT->getElementType();
4384 PrimType ElemT = classifyPrim(ElemType);
4385 const Expr *Src = E->getSrcExpr();
4386 QualType SrcType = Src->getType();
4387 PrimType SrcElemT = classifyVectorElementType(SrcType);
4388
4389 unsigned SrcOffset =
4390 this->allocateLocalPrimitive(Src, PT_Ptr, /*IsConst=*/true);
4391 if (!this->visit(Src))
4392 return false;
4393 if (!this->emitSetLocal(PT_Ptr, SrcOffset, E))
4394 return false;
4395
4396 for (unsigned I = 0; I != VT->getNumElements(); ++I) {
4397 if (!this->emitGetLocal(PT_Ptr, SrcOffset, E))
4398 return false;
4399 if (!this->emitArrayElemPop(SrcElemT, I, E))
4400 return false;
4401
4402 // Cast to the desired result element type.
4403 if (SrcElemT != ElemT) {
4404 if (!this->emitPrimCast(SrcElemT, ElemT, ElemType, E))
4405 return false;
4406 } else if (ElemType->isFloatingType() && SrcType != ElemType) {
4407 const auto *TargetSemantics = &Ctx.getFloatSemantics(ElemType);
4408 if (!this->emitCastFP(TargetSemantics, getRoundingMode(E), E))
4409 return false;
4410 }
4411 if (!this->emitInitElem(ElemT, I, E))
4412 return false;
4413 }
4414
4415 return true;
4416}
4417
4418template <class Emitter>
4420 // FIXME: Unary shuffle with mask not currently supported.
4421 if (E->getNumSubExprs() == 2)
4422 return this->emitInvalid(E);
4423
4424 assert(E->getNumSubExprs() > 2);
4425
4426 const Expr *Vecs[] = {E->getExpr(0), E->getExpr(1)};
4427 const VectorType *VT = Vecs[0]->getType()->castAs<VectorType>();
4428 PrimType ElemT = classifyPrim(VT->getElementType());
4429 unsigned NumInputElems = VT->getNumElements();
4430 unsigned NumOutputElems = E->getNumSubExprs() - 2;
4431 assert(NumOutputElems > 0);
4432
4433 if (!Initializing) {
4434 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateLocal(E);
4435 if (!LocalIndex)
4436 return false;
4437 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
4438 return false;
4439 }
4440
4441 // Save both input vectors to a local variable.
4442 unsigned VectorOffsets[2];
4443 for (unsigned I = 0; I != 2; ++I) {
4444 VectorOffsets[I] =
4445 this->allocateLocalPrimitive(Vecs[I], PT_Ptr, /*IsConst=*/true);
4446 if (!this->visit(Vecs[I]))
4447 return false;
4448 if (!this->emitSetLocal(PT_Ptr, VectorOffsets[I], E))
4449 return false;
4450 }
4451 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumOutputElems; ++I) {
4452 APSInt ShuffleIndex = E->getShuffleMaskIdx(I);
4453 assert(ShuffleIndex >= -1);
4454 if (ShuffleIndex == -1)
4455 return this->emitInvalidShuffleVectorIndex(I, E);
4456
4457 assert(ShuffleIndex < (NumInputElems * 2));
4458 if (!this->emitGetLocal(PT_Ptr,
4459 VectorOffsets[ShuffleIndex >= NumInputElems], E))
4460 return false;
4461 unsigned InputVectorIndex = ShuffleIndex.getZExtValue() % NumInputElems;
4462 if (!this->emitArrayElemPop(ElemT, InputVectorIndex, E))
4463 return false;
4464
4465 if (!this->emitInitElem(ElemT, I, E))
4466 return false;
4467 }
4468
4469 if (DiscardResult)
4470 return this->emitPopPtr(E);
4471
4472 return true;
4473}
4474
4475template <class Emitter>
4477 const ExtVectorElementExpr *E) {
4478 const Expr *Base = E->getBase();
4479 assert(
4480 Base->getType()->isVectorType() ||
4481 Base->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVectorType());
4482
4484 E->getEncodedElementAccess(Indices);
4485
4486 if (Indices.size() == 1) {
4487 if (!this->visit(Base))
4488 return false;
4489
4490 if (E->isGLValue()) {
4491 if (!this->emitConstUint32(Indices[0], E))
4492 return false;
4493 return this->emitArrayElemPtrPop(PT_Uint32, E);
4494 }
4495 // Else, also load the value.
4496 return this->emitArrayElemPop(classifyPrim(E->getType()), Indices[0], E);
4497 }
4498
4499 // Create a local variable for the base.
4500 unsigned BaseOffset = allocateLocalPrimitive(Base, PT_Ptr, /*IsConst=*/true);
4501 if (!this->visit(Base))
4502 return false;
4503 if (!this->emitSetLocal(PT_Ptr, BaseOffset, E))
4504 return false;
4505
4506 // Now the vector variable for the return value.
4507 if (!Initializing) {
4508 UnsignedOrNone ResultIndex = allocateLocal(E);
4509 if (!ResultIndex)
4510 return false;
4511 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*ResultIndex, E))
4512 return false;
4513 }
4514
4515 assert(Indices.size() == E->getType()->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements());
4516
4517 PrimType ElemT =
4519 uint32_t DstIndex = 0;
4520 for (uint32_t I : Indices) {
4521 if (!this->emitGetLocal(PT_Ptr, BaseOffset, E))
4522 return false;
4523 if (!this->emitArrayElemPop(ElemT, I, E))
4524 return false;
4525 if (!this->emitInitElem(ElemT, DstIndex, E))
4526 return false;
4527 ++DstIndex;
4528 }
4529
4530 // Leave the result pointer on the stack.
4531 assert(!DiscardResult);
4532 return true;
4533}
4534
4535template <class Emitter>
4537 const Expr *SubExpr = E->getSubExpr();
4539 return this->discard(SubExpr) && this->emitInvalid(E);
4540
4541 if (DiscardResult)
4542 return true;
4543
4544 assert(classifyPrim(E) == PT_Ptr);
4545 return this->emitDummyPtr(E, E);
4546}
4547
4548template <class Emitter>
4550 const CXXStdInitializerListExpr *E) {
4551 const Expr *SubExpr = E->getSubExpr();
4553 Ctx.getASTContext().getAsConstantArrayType(SubExpr->getType());
4554 const Record *R = getRecord(E->getType());
4555 assert(Initializing);
4556 assert(SubExpr->isGLValue());
4557
4558 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
4559 return false;
4560 if (!this->emitConstUint8(0, E))
4561 return false;
4562 if (!this->emitArrayElemPtrPopUint8(E))
4563 return false;
4564 if (!this->emitInitFieldPtr(R->getField(0u)->Offset, E))
4565 return false;
4566
4567 PrimType SecondFieldT = classifyPrim(R->getField(1u)->Decl->getType());
4568 if (isIntegerOrBoolType(SecondFieldT)) {
4569 if (!this->emitConst(ArrayType->getSize(), SecondFieldT, E))
4570 return false;
4571 return this->emitInitField(SecondFieldT, R->getField(1u)->Offset, E);
4572 }
4573 assert(SecondFieldT == PT_Ptr);
4574
4575 if (!this->emitGetFieldPtr(R->getField(0u)->Offset, E))
4576 return false;
4577 if (!this->emitExpandPtr(E))
4578 return false;
4579 if (!this->emitConst(ArrayType->getSize(), PT_Uint64, E))
4580 return false;
4581 if (!this->emitArrayElemPtrPop(PT_Uint64, E))
4582 return false;
4583 return this->emitInitFieldPtr(R->getField(1u)->Offset, E);
4584}
4585
4586template <class Emitter>
4588 LocalScope<Emitter> BS(this);
4589 StmtExprScope<Emitter> SS(this);
4590
4591 const CompoundStmt *CS = E->getSubStmt();
4592 const Stmt *Result = CS->body_back();
4593 for (const Stmt *S : CS->body()) {
4594 if (S != Result) {
4595 if (!this->visitStmt(S))
4596 return false;
4597 continue;
4598 }
4599
4600 assert(S == Result);
4601 if (const Expr *ResultExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(S))
4602 return this->delegate(ResultExpr);
4603 return this->emitUnsupported(E);
4604 }
4605
4606 return BS.destroyLocals();
4607}
4608
4609template <class Emitter> bool Compiler<Emitter>::discard(const Expr *E) {
4610 OptionScope<Emitter> Scope(this, /*NewDiscardResult=*/true,
4611 /*NewInitializing=*/false, /*ToLValue=*/false);
4612 return this->Visit(E);
4613}
4614
4615template <class Emitter> bool Compiler<Emitter>::delegate(const Expr *E) {
4616 // We're basically doing:
4617 // OptionScope<Emitter> Scope(this, DicardResult, Initializing, ToLValue);
4618 // but that's unnecessary of course.
4619 return this->Visit(E);
4620}
4621
4623 if (const auto *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E))
4624 return stripCheckedDerivedToBaseCasts(PE->getSubExpr());
4625
4626 if (const auto *CE = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(E);
4627 CE &&
4628 (CE->getCastKind() == CK_DerivedToBase || CE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp))
4629 return stripCheckedDerivedToBaseCasts(CE->getSubExpr());
4630
4631 return E;
4632}
4633
4634static const Expr *stripDerivedToBaseCasts(const Expr *E) {
4635 if (const auto *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E))
4636 return stripDerivedToBaseCasts(PE->getSubExpr());
4637
4638 if (const auto *CE = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(E);
4639 CE && (CE->getCastKind() == CK_DerivedToBase ||
4640 CE->getCastKind() == CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase ||
4641 CE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp))
4642 return stripDerivedToBaseCasts(CE->getSubExpr());
4643
4644 return E;
4645}
4646
4647template <class Emitter> bool Compiler<Emitter>::visit(const Expr *E) {
4648 if (E->getType().isNull())
4649 return false;
4650
4651 if (E->getType()->isVoidType())
4652 return this->discard(E);
4653
4654 // Create local variable to hold the return value.
4655 if (!E->isGLValue() && !canClassify(E->getType())) {
4656 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateLocal(
4658 if (!LocalIndex)
4659 return false;
4660
4661 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
4662 return false;
4663 InitLinkScope<Emitter> ILS(this, InitLink::Temp(*LocalIndex));
4664 return this->visitInitializer(E);
4665 }
4666
4667 // Otherwise,we have a primitive return value, produce the value directly
4668 // and push it on the stack.
4669 OptionScope<Emitter> Scope(this, /*NewDiscardResult=*/false,
4670 /*NewInitializing=*/false, /*ToLValue=*/ToLValue);
4671 return this->Visit(E);
4672}
4673
4674template <class Emitter>
4676 assert(!canClassify(E->getType()));
4677
4678 OptionScope<Emitter> Scope(this, /*NewDiscardResult=*/false,
4679 /*NewInitializing=*/true, /*ToLValue=*/false);
4680 return this->Visit(E) && this->emitFinishInit(E);
4681}
4682
4683template <class Emitter>
4685 assert(!canClassify(E->getType()));
4686
4687 OptionScope<Emitter> Scope(this, /*NewDiscardResult=*/false,
4688 /*NewInitializing=*/true, /*ToLValue=*/false);
4689 return this->Visit(E) && this->emitFinishInitPop(E);
4690}
4691
4692template <class Emitter> bool Compiler<Emitter>::visitAsLValue(const Expr *E) {
4693 OptionScope<Emitter> Scope(this, /*NewDiscardResult=*/false,
4694 /*NewInitializing=*/false, /*ToLValue=*/true);
4695 return this->Visit(E);
4696}
4697
4698template <class Emitter> bool Compiler<Emitter>::visitBool(const Expr *E) {
4699 OptionScope<Emitter> Scope(this, /*NewDiscardResult=*/false,
4700 /*NewInitializing=*/false, /*ToLValue=*/ToLValue);
4701
4702 OptPrimType T = classify(E->getType());
4703 if (!T) {
4704 // Convert complex values to bool.
4705 if (E->getType()->isAnyComplexType()) {
4706 if (!this->visit(E))
4707 return false;
4708 return this->emitComplexBoolCast(E);
4709 }
4710 return false;
4711 }
4712
4713 if (!this->visit(E))
4714 return false;
4715
4716 if (T == PT_Bool)
4717 return true;
4718
4719 // Convert pointers to bool.
4720 if (T == PT_Ptr)
4721 return this->emitIsNonNullPtr(E);
4722
4723 // Or Floats.
4724 if (T == PT_Float)
4725 return this->emitCastFloatingIntegralBool(getFPOptions(E), E);
4726
4727 // Or anything else we can.
4728 return this->emitCast(*T, PT_Bool, E);
4729}
4730
4731template <class Emitter>
4732bool Compiler<Emitter>::visitZeroInitializer(PrimType T, QualType QT,
4733 const Expr *E) {
4734 if (const auto *AT = QT->getAs<AtomicType>())
4735 QT = AT->getValueType();
4736
4737 switch (T) {
4738 case PT_Bool:
4739 return this->emitZeroBool(E);
4740 case PT_Sint8:
4741 return this->emitZeroSint8(E);
4742 case PT_Uint8:
4743 return this->emitZeroUint8(E);
4744 case PT_Sint16:
4745 return this->emitZeroSint16(E);
4746 case PT_Uint16:
4747 return this->emitZeroUint16(E);
4748 case PT_Sint32:
4749 return this->emitZeroSint32(E);
4750 case PT_Uint32:
4751 return this->emitZeroUint32(E);
4752 case PT_Sint64:
4753 return this->emitZeroSint64(E);
4754 case PT_Uint64:
4755 return this->emitZeroUint64(E);
4756 case PT_IntAP:
4757 return this->emitZeroIntAP(Ctx.getBitWidth(QT), E);
4758 case PT_IntAPS:
4759 return this->emitZeroIntAPS(Ctx.getBitWidth(QT), E);
4760 case PT_Ptr:
4761 return this->emitNullPtr(Ctx.getASTContext().getTargetNullPointerValue(QT),
4762 nullptr, E);
4763 case PT_MemberPtr:
4764 return this->emitNullMemberPtr(0, nullptr, E);
4765 case PT_Float: {
4766 APFloat F = APFloat::getZero(Ctx.getFloatSemantics(QT));
4767 return this->emitFloat(F, E);
4768 }
4769 case PT_FixedPoint: {
4770 auto Sem = Ctx.getASTContext().getFixedPointSemantics(QT);
4771 return this->emitConstFixedPoint(FixedPoint::zero(Sem), E);
4772 }
4773 }
4774 llvm_unreachable("unknown primitive type");
4775}
4776
4777template <class Emitter>
4778bool Compiler<Emitter>::visitZeroRecordInitializer(const Record *R,
4779 const Expr *E) {
4780 assert(E);
4781 assert(R);
4782 // Fields
4783 for (const Record::Field &Field : R->fields()) {
4784 if (Field.isUnnamedBitField())
4785 continue;
4786
4787 const Descriptor *D = Field.Desc;
4788 if (D->isPrimitive()) {
4789 QualType QT = D->getType();
4790 PrimType T = D->getPrimType();
4791 if (!this->visitZeroInitializer(T, QT, E))
4792 return false;
4793 if (R->isUnion()) {
4794 if (!this->emitInitFieldActivate(T, Field.Offset, E))
4795 return false;
4796 break;
4797 }
4798 if (!this->emitInitField(T, Field.Offset, E))
4799 return false;
4800 continue;
4801 }
4802
4803 if (!this->emitGetPtrField(Field.Offset, E))
4804 return false;
4805
4806 if (D->isPrimitiveArray()) {
4807 QualType ET = D->getElemQualType();
4808 PrimType T = D->getPrimType();
4809 for (uint32_t I = 0, N = D->getNumElems(); I != N; ++I) {
4810 if (!this->visitZeroInitializer(T, ET, E))
4811 return false;
4812 if (!this->emitInitElem(T, I, E))
4813 return false;
4814 }
4815 } else if (D->isCompositeArray()) {
4816 // Can't be a vector or complex field.
4817 if (!this->visitZeroArrayInitializer(D->getType(), E))
4818 return false;
4819 } else if (D->isRecord()) {
4820 if (!this->visitZeroRecordInitializer(D->ElemRecord, E))
4821 return false;
4822 } else
4823 return false;
4824
4825 // C++11 [dcl.init]p5: If T is a (possibly cv-qualified) union type, the
4826 // object's first non-static named data member is zero-initialized
4827 if (R->isUnion()) {
4828 if (!this->emitFinishInitActivatePop(E))
4829 return false;
4830 break;
4831 }
4832 if (!this->emitFinishInitPop(E))
4833 return false;
4834 }
4835
4836 for (const Record::Base &B : R->bases()) {
4837 if (!this->emitGetPtrBase(B.Offset, E))
4838 return false;
4839 if (!this->visitZeroRecordInitializer(B.R, E))
4840 return false;
4841 if (!this->emitFinishInitPop(E))
4842 return false;
4843 }
4844
4845 // FIXME: Virtual bases.
4846
4847 return true;
4848}
4849
4850template <class Emitter>
4851bool Compiler<Emitter>::visitZeroArrayInitializer(QualType T, const Expr *E) {
4852 assert(T->isArrayType() || T->isAnyComplexType() || T->isVectorType());
4853 const ArrayType *AT = T->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe();
4854 QualType ElemType = AT->getElementType();
4855 size_t NumElems = cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)->getZExtSize();
4856
4857 if (OptPrimType ElemT = classify(ElemType)) {
4858 for (size_t I = 0; I != NumElems; ++I) {
4859 if (!this->visitZeroInitializer(*ElemT, ElemType, E))
4860 return false;
4861 if (!this->emitInitElem(*ElemT, I, E))
4862 return false;
4863 }
4864 return true;
4865 }
4866 if (ElemType->isRecordType()) {
4867 const Record *R = getRecord(ElemType);
4868 if (!R)
4869 return false;
4870
4871 for (size_t I = 0; I != NumElems; ++I) {
4872 if (!this->emitConstUint32(I, E))
4873 return false;
4874 if (!this->emitArrayElemPtr(PT_Uint32, E))
4875 return false;
4876 if (!this->visitZeroRecordInitializer(R, E))
4877 return false;
4878 if (!this->emitPopPtr(E))
4879 return false;
4880 }
4881 return true;
4882 }
4883 if (ElemType->isArrayType()) {
4884 for (size_t I = 0; I != NumElems; ++I) {
4885 if (!this->emitConstUint32(I, E))
4886 return false;
4887 if (!this->emitArrayElemPtr(PT_Uint32, E))
4888 return false;
4889 if (!this->visitZeroArrayInitializer(ElemType, E))
4890 return false;
4891 if (!this->emitPopPtr(E))
4892 return false;
4893 }
4894 return true;
4895 }
4896
4897 return false;
4898}
4899
4900template <class Emitter>
4901bool Compiler<Emitter>::visitAssignment(const Expr *LHS, const Expr *RHS,
4902 const Expr *E) {
4903 if (!canClassify(E->getType()))
4904 return false;
4905
4906 if (!this->visit(RHS))
4907 return false;
4908 if (!this->visit(LHS))
4909 return false;
4910
4911 if (LHS->getType().isVolatileQualified())
4912 return this->emitInvalidStore(LHS->getType().getTypePtr(), E);
4913
4914 // We don't support assignments in C.
4915 if (!Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !this->emitInvalid(E))
4916 return false;
4917
4918 PrimType RHT = classifyPrim(RHS);
4919 bool Activates = refersToUnion(LHS);
4920 bool BitField = LHS->refersToBitField();
4921
4922 if (!this->emitFlip(PT_Ptr, RHT, E))
4923 return false;
4924
4925 if (DiscardResult) {
4926 if (BitField && Activates)
4927 return this->emitStoreBitFieldActivatePop(RHT, E);
4928 if (BitField)
4929 return this->emitStoreBitFieldPop(RHT, E);
4930 if (Activates)
4931 return this->emitStoreActivatePop(RHT, E);
4932 // Otherwise, regular non-activating store.
4933 return this->emitStorePop(RHT, E);
4934 }
4935
4936 auto maybeLoad = [&](bool Result) -> bool {
4937 if (!Result)
4938 return false;
4939 // Assignments aren't necessarily lvalues in C.
4940 // Load from them in that case.
4941 if (!E->isLValue())
4942 return this->emitLoadPop(RHT, E);
4943 return true;
4944 };
4945
4946 if (BitField && Activates)
4947 return maybeLoad(this->emitStoreBitFieldActivate(RHT, E));
4948 if (BitField)
4949 return maybeLoad(this->emitStoreBitField(RHT, E));
4950 if (Activates)
4951 return maybeLoad(this->emitStoreActivate(RHT, E));
4952 // Otherwise, regular non-activating store.
4953 return maybeLoad(this->emitStore(RHT, E));
4954}
4955
4956template <class Emitter>
4957template <typename T>
4958bool Compiler<Emitter>::emitConst(T Value, PrimType Ty, const Expr *E) {
4959 switch (Ty) {
4960 case PT_Sint8:
4961 return this->emitConstSint8(Value, E);
4962 case PT_Uint8:
4963 return this->emitConstUint8(Value, E);
4964 case PT_Sint16:
4965 return this->emitConstSint16(Value, E);
4966 case PT_Uint16:
4967 return this->emitConstUint16(Value, E);
4968 case PT_Sint32:
4969 return this->emitConstSint32(Value, E);
4970 case PT_Uint32:
4971 return this->emitConstUint32(Value, E);
4972 case PT_Sint64:
4973 return this->emitConstSint64(Value, E);
4974 case PT_Uint64:
4975 return this->emitConstUint64(Value, E);
4976 case PT_Bool:
4977 return this->emitConstBool(Value, E);
4978 case PT_Ptr:
4979 case PT_MemberPtr:
4980 case PT_Float:
4981 case PT_IntAP:
4982 case PT_IntAPS:
4983 case PT_FixedPoint:
4984 llvm_unreachable("Invalid integral type");
4985 break;
4986 }
4987 llvm_unreachable("unknown primitive type");
4988}
4989
4990template <class Emitter>
4991template <typename T>
4992bool Compiler<Emitter>::emitConst(T Value, const Expr *E) {
4993 return this->emitConst(Value, classifyPrim(E->getType()), E);
4994}
4995
4996template <class Emitter>
4997bool Compiler<Emitter>::emitConst(const APSInt &Value, PrimType Ty,
4998 const Expr *E) {
4999 if (Ty == PT_IntAPS)
5000 return this->emitConstIntAPS(Value, E);
5001 if (Ty == PT_IntAP)
5002 return this->emitConstIntAP(Value, E);
5003
5004 if (Value.isSigned())
5005 return this->emitConst(Value.getSExtValue(), Ty, E);
5006 return this->emitConst(Value.getZExtValue(), Ty, E);
5007}
5008
5009template <class Emitter>
5010bool Compiler<Emitter>::emitConst(const APInt &Value, PrimType Ty,
5011 const Expr *E) {
5012 if (Ty == PT_IntAPS)
5013 return this->emitConstIntAPS(Value, E);
5014 if (Ty == PT_IntAP)
5015 return this->emitConstIntAP(Value, E);
5016
5017 if (isSignedType(Ty))
5018 return this->emitConst(Value.getSExtValue(), Ty, E);
5019 return this->emitConst(Value.getZExtValue(), Ty, E);
5020}
5021
5022template <class Emitter>
5023bool Compiler<Emitter>::emitConst(const APSInt &Value, const Expr *E) {
5024 return this->emitConst(Value, classifyPrim(E->getType()), E);
5025}
5026
5027template <class Emitter>
5029 bool IsConst,
5030 bool IsVolatile,
5031 ScopeKind SC) {
5032 // FIXME: There are cases where Src.is<Expr*>() is wrong, e.g.
5033 // (int){12} in C. Consider using Expr::isTemporaryObject() instead
5034 // or isa<MaterializeTemporaryExpr>().
5035 Descriptor *D = P.createDescriptor(Src, Ty, nullptr, Descriptor::InlineDescMD,
5036 IsConst, isa<const Expr *>(Src),
5037 /*IsMutable=*/false, IsVolatile);
5039 Scope::Local Local = this->createLocal(D);
5040 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast_if_present<ValueDecl>(Src.dyn_cast<const Decl *>()))
5041 Locals.insert({VD, Local});
5042 VarScope->addForScopeKind(Local, SC);
5043 return Local.Offset;
5044}
5045
5046template <class Emitter>
5048 ScopeKind SC) {
5049 const ValueDecl *Key = nullptr;
5050 const Expr *Init = nullptr;
5051 bool IsTemporary = false;
5052 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast_if_present<ValueDecl>(Src.dyn_cast<const Decl *>())) {
5053 Key = VD;
5054
5055 if (const auto *VarD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
5056 Init = VarD->getInit();
5057 }
5058 if (auto *E = Src.dyn_cast<const Expr *>()) {
5059 IsTemporary = true;
5060 if (Ty.isNull())
5061 Ty = E->getType();
5062 }
5063
5064 Descriptor *D = P.createDescriptor(
5066 IsTemporary, /*IsMutable=*/false, /*IsVolatile=*/Ty.isVolatileQualified(),
5067 Init);
5068 if (!D)
5069 return std::nullopt;
5071
5072 Scope::Local Local = this->createLocal(D);
5073 if (Key)
5074 Locals.insert({Key, Local});
5075 VarScope->addForScopeKind(Local, SC);
5076 return Local.Offset;
5077}
5078
5079template <class Emitter>
5081 QualType Ty = E->getType();
5082 assert(!Ty->isRecordType());
5083
5084 Descriptor *D = P.createDescriptor(
5086 /*IsTemporary=*/true);
5087
5088 if (!D)
5089 return std::nullopt;
5090
5091 Scope::Local Local = this->createLocal(D);
5093 assert(S);
5094 // Attach to topmost scope.
5095 while (S->getParent())
5096 S = S->getParent();
5097 assert(S && !S->getParent());
5098 S->addLocal(Local);
5099 return Local.Offset;
5100}
5101
5102template <class Emitter>
5104 if (const PointerType *PT = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty))
5105 return PT->getPointeeType()->getAsCanonical<RecordType>();
5106 return Ty->getAsCanonical<RecordType>();
5107}
5108
5109template <class Emitter> Record *Compiler<Emitter>::getRecord(QualType Ty) {
5110 if (const auto *RecordTy = getRecordTy(Ty))
5111 return getRecord(RecordTy->getDecl()->getDefinitionOrSelf());
5112 return nullptr;
5113}
5114
5115template <class Emitter>
5117 return P.getOrCreateRecord(RD);
5118}
5119
5120template <class Emitter>
5122 return Ctx.getOrCreateFunction(FD);
5123}
5124
5125template <class Emitter>
5126bool Compiler<Emitter>::visitExpr(const Expr *E, bool DestroyToplevelScope) {
5128
5129 auto maybeDestroyLocals = [&]() -> bool {
5130 if (DestroyToplevelScope)
5131 return RootScope.destroyLocals() && this->emitCheckAllocations(E);
5132 return this->emitCheckAllocations(E);
5133 };
5134
5135 // Void expressions.
5136 if (E->getType()->isVoidType()) {
5137 if (!visit(E))
5138 return false;
5139 return this->emitRetVoid(E) && maybeDestroyLocals();
5140 }
5141
5142 // Expressions with a primitive return type.
5143 if (OptPrimType T = classify(E)) {
5144 if (!visit(E))
5145 return false;
5146
5147 return this->emitRet(*T, E) && maybeDestroyLocals();
5148 }
5149
5150 // Expressions with a composite return type.
5151 // For us, that means everything we don't
5152 // have a PrimType for.
5153 if (UnsignedOrNone LocalOffset = this->allocateLocal(E)) {
5154 InitLinkScope<Emitter> ILS(this, InitLink::Temp(*LocalOffset));
5155 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalOffset, E))
5156 return false;
5157
5158 if (!visitInitializer(E))
5159 return false;
5160 // We are destroying the locals AFTER the Ret op.
5161 // The Ret op needs to copy the (alive) values, but the
5162 // destructors may still turn the entire expression invalid.
5163 return this->emitRetValue(E) && maybeDestroyLocals();
5164 }
5165
5166 return maybeDestroyLocals() && false;
5167}
5168
5169template <class Emitter>
5171 bool DestroyToplevelScope) {
5172 OptionScope<Emitter> Scope(this, /*NewDiscardResult=*/false,
5173 /*NewInitializing=*/false, /*ToLValue=*/true);
5174
5175 return this->visitExpr(E, DestroyToplevelScope);
5176}
5177
5178template <class Emitter>
5180
5181 auto R = this->visitVarDecl(VD, VD->getInit(), /*Toplevel=*/true);
5182
5183 if (R.notCreated())
5184 return R;
5185
5186 if (R)
5187 return true;
5188
5189 if (!R && Context::shouldBeGloballyIndexed(VD)) {
5190 if (auto GlobalIndex = P.getGlobal(VD)) {
5191 Block *GlobalBlock = P.getGlobal(*GlobalIndex);
5192 auto &GD = GlobalBlock->getBlockDesc<GlobalInlineDescriptor>();
5193
5195 GlobalBlock->invokeDtor();
5196 }
5197 }
5198
5199 return R;
5200}
5201
5202/// Toplevel visitDeclAndReturn().
5203/// We get here from evaluateAsInitializer().
5204/// We need to evaluate the initializer and return its value.
5205template <class Emitter>
5207 bool ConstantContext) {
5208 // We only create variables if we're evaluating in a constant context.
5209 // Otherwise, just evaluate the initializer and return it.
5210 if (!ConstantContext) {
5211 DeclScope<Emitter> LS(this, VD);
5212 if (!this->visit(Init))
5213 return false;
5214 return this->emitRet(classify(Init).value_or(PT_Ptr), VD) &&
5215 LS.destroyLocals() && this->emitCheckAllocations(VD);
5216 }
5217
5218 LocalScope<Emitter> VDScope(this);
5219 if (!this->visitVarDecl(VD, Init, /*Toplevel=*/true))
5220 return false;
5221
5222 OptPrimType VarT = classify(VD->getType());
5224 auto GlobalIndex = P.getGlobal(VD);
5225 assert(GlobalIndex); // visitVarDecl() didn't return false.
5226 if (VarT) {
5227 if (!this->emitGetGlobalUnchecked(*VarT, *GlobalIndex, VD))
5228 return false;
5229 } else {
5230 if (!this->emitGetPtrGlobal(*GlobalIndex, VD))
5231 return false;
5232 }
5233 } else {
5234 auto Local = Locals.find(VD);
5235 assert(Local != Locals.end()); // Same here.
5236 if (VarT) {
5237 if (!this->emitGetLocal(*VarT, Local->second.Offset, VD))
5238 return false;
5239 } else {
5240 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(Local->second.Offset, VD))
5241 return false;
5242 }
5243 }
5244
5245 // Return the value.
5246 if (!this->emitRet(VarT.value_or(PT_Ptr), VD)) {
5247 // If the Ret above failed and this is a global variable, mark it as
5248 // uninitialized, even everything else succeeded.
5250 auto GlobalIndex = P.getGlobal(VD);
5251 assert(GlobalIndex);
5252 Block *GlobalBlock = P.getGlobal(*GlobalIndex);
5253 auto &GD = GlobalBlock->getBlockDesc<GlobalInlineDescriptor>();
5254
5256 GlobalBlock->invokeDtor();
5257 }
5258 return false;
5259 }
5260
5261 return VDScope.destroyLocals() && this->emitCheckAllocations(VD);
5262}
5263
5264template <class Emitter>
5266 const Expr *Init,
5267 bool Toplevel) {
5268 QualType VarTy = VD->getType();
5269 // We don't know what to do with these, so just return false.
5270 if (VarTy.isNull())
5271 return false;
5272
5273 // This case is EvalEmitter-only. If we won't create any instructions for the
5274 // initializer anyway, don't bother creating the variable in the first place.
5275 if (!this->isActive())
5277
5278 OptPrimType VarT = classify(VD->getType());
5279
5280 if (Init && Init->isValueDependent())
5281 return false;
5282
5284 auto checkDecl = [&]() -> bool {
5285 bool NeedsOp = !Toplevel && VD->isLocalVarDecl() && VD->isStaticLocal();
5286 return !NeedsOp || this->emitCheckDecl(VD, VD);
5287 };
5288
5290 UnsignedOrNone GlobalIndex = P.getGlobal(VD);
5291 if (GlobalIndex) {
5292 // The global was previously created but the initializer failed.
5293 if (!P.getGlobal(*GlobalIndex)->isInitialized())
5294 return false;
5295 // We've already seen and initialized this global.
5296 if (P.isGlobalInitialized(*GlobalIndex))
5297 return checkDecl();
5298 // The previous attempt at initialization might've been unsuccessful,
5299 // so let's try this one.
5300 } else if ((GlobalIndex = P.createGlobal(VD, Init))) {
5301 } else {
5302 return false;
5303 }
5304 if (!Init)
5305 return true;
5306
5307 if (!checkDecl())
5308 return false;
5309
5310 if (VarT) {
5311 if (!this->visit(Init))
5312 return false;
5313
5314 return this->emitInitGlobal(*VarT, *GlobalIndex, VD);
5315 }
5316
5317 if (!this->emitGetPtrGlobal(*GlobalIndex, Init))
5318 return false;
5319
5320 if (!this->emitStartInit(Init))
5321 return false;
5322
5323 if (!visitInitializer(Init))
5324 return false;
5325
5326 if (!this->emitEndInit(Init))
5327 return false;
5328
5329 return this->emitFinishInitGlobal(Init);
5330 }
5331 // Local variables.
5333
5334 if (VarT) {
5335 unsigned Offset = this->allocateLocalPrimitive(
5336 VD, *VarT, VarTy.isConstQualified(), VarTy.isVolatileQualified(),
5338
5339 if (!Init || Init->getType()->isVoidType())
5340 return true;
5341
5342 // If this is a toplevel declaration, create a scope for the
5343 // initializer.
5344 if (Toplevel) {
5346 if (!this->visit(Init))
5347 return false;
5348 return this->emitSetLocal(*VarT, Offset, VD) && Scope.destroyLocals();
5349 }
5350 if (!this->visit(Init))
5351 return false;
5352
5353 if (VarTy->isReferenceType()) {
5354 // [C++26][decl.ref]
5355 // The object designated by such a glvalue can be outside its lifetime
5356 // Because a null pointer value or a pointer past the end of an object
5357 // does not point to an object, a reference in a well-defined program
5358 // cannot refer to such things;
5359 assert(classifyPrim(VarTy) == PT_Ptr);
5360 if (!this->emitCheckRefInit(Init))
5361 return false;
5362 }
5363
5364 return this->emitSetLocal(*VarT, Offset, VD);
5365 }
5366 // Local composite variables.
5367 if (UnsignedOrNone Offset =
5368 this->allocateLocal(VD, VarTy, ScopeKind::Block)) {
5369 if (!Init)
5370 return true;
5371
5372 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*Offset, Init))
5373 return false;
5374
5375 return visitInitializerPop(Init);
5376 }
5377 return false;
5378}
5379
5380template <class Emitter>
5382 const Expr *E) {
5383 assert(!DiscardResult);
5384 if (Val.isInt())
5385 return this->emitConst(Val.getInt(), ValType, E);
5386 if (Val.isFloat()) {
5387 APFloat F = Val.getFloat();
5388 return this->emitFloat(F, E);
5389 }
5390
5391 if (Val.isMemberPointer()) {
5392 if (const ValueDecl *MemberDecl = Val.getMemberPointerDecl()) {
5393 if (!this->emitGetMemberPtr(MemberDecl, E))
5394 return false;
5395
5396 bool IsDerived = Val.isMemberPointerToDerivedMember();
5397 // Apply the member pointer path.
5398 for (const CXXRecordDecl *PathEntry : Val.getMemberPointerPath()) {
5399 if (!this->emitCopyMemberPtrPath(PathEntry, IsDerived, E))
5400 return false;
5401 }
5402
5403 return true;
5404 }
5405 return this->emitNullMemberPtr(0, nullptr, E);
5406 }
5407
5408 if (Val.isLValue()) {
5409 if (Val.isNullPointer())
5410 return this->emitNull(ValType, 0, nullptr, E);
5411
5414
5415 if (const Expr *BaseExpr = Base.dyn_cast<const Expr *>())
5416 return this->visit(BaseExpr);
5417 if (const auto *VD = Base.dyn_cast<const ValueDecl *>()) {
5418 if (!this->visitDeclRef(VD, E))
5419 return false;
5420
5421 QualType EntryType = VD->getType();
5422 for (auto &Entry : Path) {
5423 if (EntryType->isArrayType()) {
5424 uint64_t Index = Entry.getAsArrayIndex();
5425 QualType ElemType =
5426 EntryType->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
5427 if (!this->emitConst(Index, PT_Uint64, E))
5428 return false;
5429 if (!this->emitArrayElemPtrPop(PT_Uint64, E))
5430 return false;
5431 EntryType = ElemType;
5432 } else {
5433 assert(EntryType->isRecordType());
5434 const Record *EntryRecord = getRecord(EntryType);
5435 if (!EntryRecord) {
5436 assert(false);
5437
5438 return false;
5439 }
5440
5441 const Decl *BaseOrMember = Entry.getAsBaseOrMember().getPointer();
5442 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(BaseOrMember)) {
5443 unsigned EntryOffset = EntryRecord->getField(FD)->Offset;
5444 if (!this->emitGetPtrFieldPop(EntryOffset, E))
5445 return false;
5446 EntryType = FD->getType();
5447 } else {
5448 const auto *Base = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseOrMember);
5449 unsigned BaseOffset = EntryRecord->getBase(Base)->Offset;
5450 if (!this->emitGetPtrBasePop(BaseOffset, /*NullOK=*/false, E))
5451 return false;
5452 EntryType = Ctx.getASTContext().getCanonicalTagType(Base);
5453 }
5454 }
5455 }
5456
5457 return true;
5458 }
5459 }
5460
5461 return false;
5462}
5463
5464template <class Emitter>
5466 const Expr *E, QualType T) {
5467 if (Val.isStruct()) {
5468 const Record *R = this->getRecord(T);
5469 assert(R);
5470 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Val.getStructNumFields(); I != N; ++I) {
5471 const APValue &F = Val.getStructField(I);
5472 const Record::Field *RF = R->getField(I);
5473 QualType FieldType = RF->Decl->getType();
5474
5475 // Fields.
5476 if (OptPrimType PT = classify(FieldType)) {
5477 if (!this->visitAPValue(F, *PT, E))
5478 return false;
5479 if (!this->emitInitField(*PT, RF->Offset, E))
5480 return false;
5481 } else {
5482 if (!this->emitGetPtrField(RF->Offset, E))
5483 return false;
5484 if (!this->visitAPValueInitializer(F, E, FieldType))
5485 return false;
5486 if (!this->emitFinishInitPop(E))
5487 return false;
5488 }
5489 }
5490
5491 // Bases.
5492 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Val.getStructNumBases(); I != N; ++I) {
5493 const APValue &B = Val.getStructBase(I);
5494 const Record::Base *RB = R->getBase(I);
5495 QualType BaseType = Ctx.getASTContext().getCanonicalTagType(RB->Decl);
5496
5497 if (!this->emitGetPtrBase(RB->Offset, E))
5498 return false;
5499 if (!this->visitAPValueInitializer(B, E, BaseType))
5500 return false;
5501 if (!this->emitFinishInitPop(E))
5502 return false;
5503 }
5504
5505 return true;
5506 }
5507 if (Val.isUnion()) {
5508 const FieldDecl *UnionField = Val.getUnionField();
5509 if (!UnionField)
5510 return true;
5511 const Record *R = this->getRecord(T);
5512 assert(R);
5513 const APValue &F = Val.getUnionValue();
5514 const Record::Field *RF = R->getField(UnionField);
5515 QualType FieldType = RF->Decl->getType();
5516
5517 if (OptPrimType PT = classify(FieldType)) {
5518 if (!this->visitAPValue(F, *PT, E))
5519 return false;
5520 if (RF->isBitField())
5521 return this->emitInitBitFieldActivate(*PT, RF->Offset, RF->bitWidth(),
5522 E);
5523 return this->emitInitFieldActivate(*PT, RF->Offset, E);
5524 }
5525
5526 if (!this->emitGetPtrField(RF->Offset, E))
5527 return false;
5528 if (!this->emitActivate(E))
5529 return false;
5530 if (!this->visitAPValueInitializer(F, E, FieldType))
5531 return false;
5532 return this->emitPopPtr(E);
5533 }
5534 if (Val.isArray()) {
5535 const auto *ArrType = T->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe();
5536 QualType ElemType = ArrType->getElementType();
5537 for (unsigned A = 0, AN = Val.getArraySize(); A != AN; ++A) {
5538 const APValue &Elem = Val.getArrayInitializedElt(A);
5539 if (OptPrimType ElemT = classify(ElemType)) {
5540 if (!this->visitAPValue(Elem, *ElemT, E))
5541 return false;
5542 if (!this->emitInitElem(*ElemT, A, E))
5543 return false;
5544 } else {
5545 if (!this->emitConstUint32(A, E))
5546 return false;
5547 if (!this->emitArrayElemPtrUint32(E))
5548 return false;
5549 if (!this->visitAPValueInitializer(Elem, E, ElemType))
5550 return false;
5551 if (!this->emitPopPtr(E))
5552 return false;
5553 }
5554 }
5555 return true;
5556 }
5557 // TODO: Other types.
5558
5559 return false;
5560}
5561
5562template <class Emitter>
5564 unsigned BuiltinID) {
5565 if (BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin_constant_p) {
5566 // Void argument is always invalid and harder to handle later.
5567 if (E->getArg(0)->getType()->isVoidType()) {
5568 if (DiscardResult)
5569 return true;
5570 return this->emitConst(0, E);
5571 }
5572
5573 if (!this->emitStartSpeculation(E))
5574 return false;
5575 LabelTy EndLabel = this->getLabel();
5576 if (!this->speculate(E, EndLabel))
5577 return false;
5578 if (!this->emitEndSpeculation(E))
5579 return false;
5580 this->fallthrough(EndLabel);
5581 if (DiscardResult)
5582 return this->emitPop(classifyPrim(E), E);
5583 return true;
5584 }
5585
5586 // For these, we're expected to ultimately return an APValue pointing
5587 // to the CallExpr. This is needed to get the correct codegen.
5588 if (BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString ||
5589 BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin___NSStringMakeConstantString ||
5590 BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin_ptrauth_sign_constant ||
5591 BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin_function_start) {
5592 if (DiscardResult)
5593 return true;
5594 return this->emitDummyPtr(E, E);
5595 }
5596
5598 OptPrimType ReturnT = classify(E);
5599
5600 // Non-primitive return type. Prepare storage.
5601 if (!Initializing && !ReturnT && !ReturnType->isVoidType()) {
5602 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateLocal(E);
5603 if (!LocalIndex)
5604 return false;
5605 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
5606 return false;
5607 }
5608
5609 // Prepare function arguments including special cases.
5610 switch (BuiltinID) {
5611 case Builtin::BI__builtin_object_size:
5612 case Builtin::BI__builtin_dynamic_object_size: {
5613 assert(E->getNumArgs() == 2);
5614 const Expr *Arg0 = E->getArg(0);
5615 if (Arg0->isGLValue()) {
5616 if (!this->visit(Arg0))
5617 return false;
5618
5619 } else {
5620 if (!this->visitAsLValue(Arg0))
5621 return false;
5622 }
5623 if (!this->visit(E->getArg(1)))
5624 return false;
5625
5626 } break;
5627 case Builtin::BI__assume:
5628 case Builtin::BI__builtin_assume:
5629 // Argument is not evaluated.
5630 break;
5631 case Builtin::BI__atomic_is_lock_free:
5632 case Builtin::BI__atomic_always_lock_free: {
5633 assert(E->getNumArgs() == 2);
5634 if (!this->visit(E->getArg(0)))
5635 return false;
5636 if (!this->visitAsLValue(E->getArg(1)))
5637 return false;
5638 } break;
5639
5640 default:
5641 if (!Context::isUnevaluatedBuiltin(BuiltinID)) {
5642 // Put arguments on the stack.
5643 for (const auto *Arg : E->arguments()) {
5644 if (!this->visit(Arg))
5645 return false;
5646 }
5647 }
5648 }
5649
5650 if (!this->emitCallBI(E, BuiltinID, E))
5651 return false;
5652
5653 if (DiscardResult && !ReturnType->isVoidType())
5654 return this->emitPop(ReturnT.value_or(PT_Ptr), E);
5655
5656 return true;
5657}
5658
5659template <class Emitter>
5661 if (E->containsErrors())
5662 return false;
5663 const FunctionDecl *FuncDecl = E->getDirectCallee();
5664
5665 if (FuncDecl) {
5666 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FuncDecl->getBuiltinID())
5667 return VisitBuiltinCallExpr(E, BuiltinID);
5668
5669 // Calls to replaceable operator new/operator delete.
5671 if (FuncDecl->getDeclName().isAnyOperatorNew())
5672 return VisitBuiltinCallExpr(E, Builtin::BI__builtin_operator_new);
5673 assert(FuncDecl->getDeclName().getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete);
5674 return VisitBuiltinCallExpr(E, Builtin::BI__builtin_operator_delete);
5675 }
5676
5677 // Explicit calls to trivial destructors
5678 if (const auto *DD = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FuncDecl);
5679 DD && DD->isTrivial()) {
5680 const auto *MemberCall = cast<CXXMemberCallExpr>(E);
5681 if (!this->visit(MemberCall->getImplicitObjectArgument()))
5682 return false;
5683 return this->emitCheckDestruction(E) && this->emitEndLifetime(E) &&
5684 this->emitPopPtr(E);
5685 }
5686 }
5687
5688 LocalScope<Emitter> CallScope(this, ScopeKind::Call);
5689
5690 QualType ReturnType = E->getCallReturnType(Ctx.getASTContext());
5692 bool HasRVO = !ReturnType->isVoidType() && !T;
5693
5694 if (HasRVO) {
5695 if (DiscardResult) {
5696 // If we need to discard the return value but the function returns its
5697 // value via an RVO pointer, we need to create one such pointer just
5698 // for this call.
5699 if (UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateLocal(E)) {
5700 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
5701 return false;
5702 }
5703 } else {
5704 // We need the result. Prepare a pointer to return or
5705 // dup the current one.
5706 if (!Initializing) {
5707 if (UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateLocal(E)) {
5708 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
5709 return false;
5710 }
5711 }
5712 if (!this->emitDupPtr(E))
5713 return false;
5714 }
5715 }
5716
5718
5719 bool IsAssignmentOperatorCall = false;
5720 bool ActivateLHS = false;
5721 if (const auto *OCE = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E);
5722 OCE && OCE->isAssignmentOp()) {
5723 // Just like with regular assignments, we need to special-case assignment
5724 // operators here and evaluate the RHS (the second arg) before the LHS (the
5725 // first arg). We fix this by using a Flip op later.
5726 assert(Args.size() == 2);
5727 const CXXRecordDecl *LHSRecord = Args[0]->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
5728 ActivateLHS = LHSRecord && LHSRecord->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor();
5729 IsAssignmentOperatorCall = true;
5730 std::reverse(Args.begin(), Args.end());
5731 }
5732 // Calling a static operator will still
5733 // pass the instance, but we don't need it.
5734 // Discard it here.
5735 if (isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) {
5736 if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast_if_present<CXXMethodDecl>(FuncDecl);
5737 MD && MD->isStatic()) {
5738 if (!this->discard(E->getArg(0)))
5739 return false;
5740 // Drop first arg.
5741 Args.erase(Args.begin());
5742 }
5743 }
5744
5745 bool Devirtualized = false;
5746 UnsignedOrNone CalleeOffset = std::nullopt;
5747 // Add the (optional, implicit) This pointer.
5748 if (const auto *MC = dyn_cast<CXXMemberCallExpr>(E)) {
5749 if (!FuncDecl && classifyPrim(E->getCallee()) == PT_MemberPtr) {
5750 // If we end up creating a CallPtr op for this, we need the base of the
5751 // member pointer as the instance pointer, and later extract the function
5752 // decl as the function pointer.
5753 const Expr *Callee = E->getCallee();
5754 CalleeOffset =
5755 this->allocateLocalPrimitive(Callee, PT_MemberPtr, /*IsConst=*/true);
5756 if (!this->visit(Callee))
5757 return false;
5758 if (!this->emitSetLocal(PT_MemberPtr, *CalleeOffset, E))
5759 return false;
5760 if (!this->emitGetLocal(PT_MemberPtr, *CalleeOffset, E))
5761 return false;
5762 if (!this->emitGetMemberPtrBase(E))
5763 return false;
5764 } else {
5765 const auto *InstancePtr = MC->getImplicitObjectArgument();
5766 if (isa_and_nonnull<CXXDestructorDecl>(CompilingFunction) ||
5767 isa_and_nonnull<CXXConstructorDecl>(CompilingFunction)) {
5768 const auto *Stripped = stripCheckedDerivedToBaseCasts(InstancePtr);
5769 if (isa<CXXThisExpr>(Stripped)) {
5770 FuncDecl =
5771 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FuncDecl)->getCorrespondingMethodInClass(
5772 Stripped->getType()->getPointeeType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl());
5773 Devirtualized = true;
5774 if (!this->visit(Stripped))
5775 return false;
5776 } else {
5777 if (!this->visit(InstancePtr))
5778 return false;
5779 }
5780 } else {
5781 if (!this->visit(InstancePtr))
5782 return false;
5783 }
5784 }
5785 } else if (const auto *PD =
5786 dyn_cast<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(E->getCallee())) {
5787 if (!this->emitCheckPseudoDtor(E))
5788 return false;
5789 const Expr *Base = PD->getBase();
5790 // E.g. `using T = int; 0.~T();`.
5791 if (OptPrimType BaseT = classify(Base); !BaseT || BaseT != PT_Ptr)
5792 return this->discard(Base);
5793 if (!this->visit(Base))
5794 return false;
5795 return this->emitEndLifetimePop(E);
5796 } else if (!FuncDecl) {
5797 const Expr *Callee = E->getCallee();
5798 CalleeOffset =
5799 this->allocateLocalPrimitive(Callee, PT_Ptr, /*IsConst=*/true);
5800 if (!this->visit(Callee))
5801 return false;
5802 if (!this->emitSetLocal(PT_Ptr, *CalleeOffset, E))
5803 return false;
5804 }
5805
5806 if (!this->visitCallArgs(Args, FuncDecl, ActivateLHS,
5808 return false;
5809
5810 // Undo the argument reversal we did earlier.
5811 if (IsAssignmentOperatorCall) {
5812 assert(Args.size() == 2);
5813 PrimType Arg1T = classify(Args[0]).value_or(PT_Ptr);
5814 PrimType Arg2T = classify(Args[1]).value_or(PT_Ptr);
5815 if (!this->emitFlip(Arg2T, Arg1T, E))
5816 return false;
5817 }
5818
5819 if (FuncDecl) {
5820 const Function *Func = getFunction(FuncDecl);
5821 if (!Func)
5822 return false;
5823
5824 // In error cases, the function may be called with fewer arguments than
5825 // parameters.
5826 if (E->getNumArgs() < Func->getNumWrittenParams())
5827 return false;
5828
5829 assert(HasRVO == Func->hasRVO());
5830
5831 bool HasQualifier = false;
5832 if (const auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E->getCallee()))
5833 HasQualifier = ME->hasQualifier();
5834
5835 bool IsVirtual = false;
5836 if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FuncDecl))
5837 IsVirtual = !Devirtualized && MD->isVirtual();
5838
5839 // In any case call the function. The return value will end up on the stack
5840 // and if the function has RVO, we already have the pointer on the stack to
5841 // write the result into.
5842 if (IsVirtual && !HasQualifier) {
5843 uint32_t VarArgSize = 0;
5844 unsigned NumParams =
5845 Func->getNumWrittenParams() + isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E);
5846 for (unsigned I = NumParams, N = E->getNumArgs(); I != N; ++I)
5847 VarArgSize += align(primSize(classify(E->getArg(I)).value_or(PT_Ptr)));
5848
5849 if (!this->emitCallVirt(Func, VarArgSize, E))
5850 return false;
5851 } else if (Func->isVariadic()) {
5852 uint32_t VarArgSize = 0;
5853 unsigned NumParams =
5854 Func->getNumWrittenParams() + isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E);
5855 for (unsigned I = NumParams, N = E->getNumArgs(); I != N; ++I)
5856 VarArgSize += align(primSize(classify(E->getArg(I)).value_or(PT_Ptr)));
5857 if (!this->emitCallVar(Func, VarArgSize, E))
5858 return false;
5859 } else {
5860 if (!this->emitCall(Func, 0, E))
5861 return false;
5862 }
5863 } else {
5864 // Indirect call. Visit the callee, which will leave a FunctionPointer on
5865 // the stack. Cleanup of the returned value if necessary will be done after
5866 // the function call completed.
5867
5868 // Sum the size of all args from the call expr.
5869 uint32_t ArgSize = 0;
5870 for (unsigned I = 0, N = E->getNumArgs(); I != N; ++I)
5871 ArgSize += align(primSize(classify(E->getArg(I)).value_or(PT_Ptr)));
5872
5873 // Get the callee, either from a member pointer or function pointer saved in
5874 // CalleeOffset.
5875 if (isa<CXXMemberCallExpr>(E) && CalleeOffset) {
5876 if (!this->emitGetLocal(PT_MemberPtr, *CalleeOffset, E))
5877 return false;
5878 if (!this->emitGetMemberPtrDecl(E))
5879 return false;
5880 } else {
5881 if (!this->emitGetLocal(PT_Ptr, *CalleeOffset, E))
5882 return false;
5883 }
5884 if (!this->emitCallPtr(ArgSize, E, E))
5885 return false;
5886 }
5887
5888 // Cleanup for discarded return values.
5889 if (DiscardResult && !ReturnType->isVoidType() && T)
5890 return this->emitPop(*T, E) && CallScope.destroyLocals();
5891
5892 return CallScope.destroyLocals();
5893}
5894
5895template <class Emitter>
5897 SourceLocScope<Emitter> SLS(this, E);
5898
5899 return this->delegate(E->getExpr());
5900}
5901
5902template <class Emitter>
5904 SourceLocScope<Emitter> SLS(this, E);
5905
5906 return this->delegate(E->getExpr());
5907}
5908
5909template <class Emitter>
5911 if (DiscardResult)
5912 return true;
5913
5914 return this->emitConstBool(E->getValue(), E);
5915}
5916
5917template <class Emitter>
5919 const CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr *E) {
5920 if (DiscardResult)
5921 return true;
5922
5923 uint64_t Val = Ctx.getASTContext().getTargetNullPointerValue(E->getType());
5924 return this->emitNullPtr(Val, nullptr, E);
5925}
5926
5927template <class Emitter>
5929 if (DiscardResult)
5930 return true;
5931
5932 assert(E->getType()->isIntegerType());
5933
5934 PrimType T = classifyPrim(E->getType());
5935 return this->emitZero(T, E);
5936}
5937
5938template <class Emitter>
5940 if (DiscardResult)
5941 return true;
5942
5943 if constexpr (!std::is_same_v<Emitter, EvalEmitter>) {
5944 if (this->LambdaThisCapture.Offset > 0) {
5945 if (this->LambdaThisCapture.IsPtr)
5946 return this->emitGetThisFieldPtr(this->LambdaThisCapture.Offset, E);
5947 return this->emitGetPtrThisField(this->LambdaThisCapture.Offset, E);
5948 }
5949 }
5950
5951 // In some circumstances, the 'this' pointer does not actually refer to the
5952 // instance pointer of the current function frame, but e.g. to the declaration
5953 // currently being initialized. Here we emit the necessary instruction(s) for
5954 // this scenario.
5955 if (!InitStackActive || InitStack.empty())
5956 return this->emitThis(E);
5957
5958 // If our init stack is, for example:
5959 // 0 Stack: 3 (decl)
5960 // 1 Stack: 6 (init list)
5961 // 2 Stack: 1 (field)
5962 // 3 Stack: 6 (init list)
5963 // 4 Stack: 1 (field)
5964 //
5965 // We want to find the LAST element in it that's an init list,
5966 // which is marked with the K_InitList marker. The index right
5967 // before that points to an init list. We need to find the
5968 // elements before the K_InitList element that point to a base
5969 // (e.g. a decl or This), optionally followed by field, elem, etc.
5970 // In the example above, we want to emit elements [0..2].
5971 unsigned StartIndex = 0;
5972 unsigned EndIndex = 0;
5973 // Find the init list.
5974 for (StartIndex = InitStack.size() - 1; StartIndex > 0; --StartIndex) {
5975 if (InitStack[StartIndex].Kind == InitLink::K_DIE) {
5976 EndIndex = StartIndex;
5977 --StartIndex;
5978 break;
5979 }
5980 }
5981
5982 // Walk backwards to find the base.
5983 for (; StartIndex > 0; --StartIndex) {
5984 if (InitStack[StartIndex].Kind == InitLink::K_InitList)
5985 continue;
5986
5987 if (InitStack[StartIndex].Kind != InitLink::K_Field &&
5988 InitStack[StartIndex].Kind != InitLink::K_Elem &&
5989 InitStack[StartIndex].Kind != InitLink::K_DIE)
5990 break;
5991 }
5992
5993 if (StartIndex == 0 && EndIndex == 0)
5994 EndIndex = InitStack.size() - 1;
5995
5996 assert(StartIndex < EndIndex);
5997
5998 // Emit the instructions.
5999 for (unsigned I = StartIndex; I != (EndIndex + 1); ++I) {
6000 if (InitStack[I].Kind == InitLink::K_InitList ||
6001 InitStack[I].Kind == InitLink::K_DIE)
6002 continue;
6003 if (!InitStack[I].template emit<Emitter>(this, E))
6004 return false;
6005 }
6006 return true;
6007}
6008
6009template <class Emitter> bool Compiler<Emitter>::visitStmt(const Stmt *S) {
6010 switch (S->getStmtClass()) {
6011 case Stmt::CompoundStmtClass:
6013 case Stmt::DeclStmtClass:
6014 return visitDeclStmt(cast<DeclStmt>(S), /*EvaluateConditionDecl=*/true);
6015 case Stmt::ReturnStmtClass:
6017 case Stmt::IfStmtClass:
6018 return visitIfStmt(cast<IfStmt>(S));
6019 case Stmt::WhileStmtClass:
6021 case Stmt::DoStmtClass:
6022 return visitDoStmt(cast<DoStmt>(S));
6023 case Stmt::ForStmtClass:
6024 return visitForStmt(cast<ForStmt>(S));
6025 case Stmt::CXXForRangeStmtClass:
6027 case Stmt::BreakStmtClass:
6029 case Stmt::ContinueStmtClass:
6031 case Stmt::SwitchStmtClass:
6033 case Stmt::CaseStmtClass:
6034 return visitCaseStmt(cast<CaseStmt>(S));
6035 case Stmt::DefaultStmtClass:
6037 case Stmt::AttributedStmtClass:
6039 case Stmt::CXXTryStmtClass:
6041 case Stmt::NullStmtClass:
6042 return true;
6043 // Always invalid statements.
6044 case Stmt::GCCAsmStmtClass:
6045 case Stmt::MSAsmStmtClass:
6046 case Stmt::GotoStmtClass:
6047 return this->emitInvalid(S);
6048 case Stmt::LabelStmtClass:
6049 return this->visitStmt(cast<LabelStmt>(S)->getSubStmt());
6050 default: {
6051 if (const auto *E = dyn_cast<Expr>(S))
6052 return this->discard(E);
6053 return false;
6054 }
6055 }
6056}
6057
6058template <class Emitter>
6061 for (const auto *InnerStmt : S->body())
6062 if (!visitStmt(InnerStmt))
6063 return false;
6064 return Scope.destroyLocals();
6065}
6066
6067template <class Emitter>
6068bool Compiler<Emitter>::maybeEmitDeferredVarInit(const VarDecl *VD) {
6069 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast_if_present<DecompositionDecl>(VD)) {
6070 for (auto *BD : DD->flat_bindings())
6071 if (auto *KD = BD->getHoldingVar();
6072 KD && !this->visitVarDecl(KD, KD->getInit()))
6073 return false;
6074 }
6075 return true;
6076}
6077
6079 assert(FD);
6080 assert(FD->getParent()->isUnion());
6081 const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD =
6083 return !CXXRD || CXXRD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor();
6084}
6085
6086template <class Emitter> bool Compiler<Emitter>::refersToUnion(const Expr *E) {
6087 for (;;) {
6088 if (const auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
6089 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
6090 FD && FD->getParent()->isUnion() && hasTrivialDefaultCtorParent(FD))
6091 return true;
6092 E = ME->getBase();
6093 continue;
6094 }
6095
6096 if (const auto *ASE = dyn_cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)) {
6097 E = ASE->getBase()->IgnoreImplicit();
6098 continue;
6099 }
6100
6101 if (const auto *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E);
6102 ICE && (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp ||
6103 ICE->getCastKind() == CK_DerivedToBase ||
6104 ICE->getCastKind() == CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase)) {
6105 E = ICE->getSubExpr();
6106 continue;
6107 }
6108
6109 if (const auto *This = dyn_cast<CXXThisExpr>(E)) {
6110 const auto *ThisRecord =
6111 This->getType()->getPointeeType()->getAsRecordDecl();
6112 if (!ThisRecord->isUnion())
6113 return false;
6114 // Otherwise, always activate if we're in the ctor.
6115 if (const auto *Ctor =
6116 dyn_cast_if_present<CXXConstructorDecl>(CompilingFunction))
6117 return Ctor->getParent() == ThisRecord;
6118 return false;
6119 }
6120
6121 break;
6122 }
6123 return false;
6124}
6125
6126template <class Emitter>
6128 bool EvaluateConditionDecl) {
6129 for (const auto *D : DS->decls()) {
6132 continue;
6133
6134 const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
6135 if (!VD)
6136 return false;
6137 if (!this->visitVarDecl(VD, VD->getInit()))
6138 return false;
6139
6140 // Register decomposition decl holding vars.
6141 if (EvaluateConditionDecl && !this->maybeEmitDeferredVarInit(VD))
6142 return false;
6143 }
6144
6145 return true;
6146}
6147
6148template <class Emitter>
6150 if (this->InStmtExpr)
6151 return this->emitUnsupported(RS);
6152
6153 if (const Expr *RE = RS->getRetValue()) {
6154 LocalScope<Emitter> RetScope(this);
6155 if (ReturnType) {
6156 // Primitive types are simply returned.
6157 if (!this->visit(RE))
6158 return false;
6159 this->emitCleanup();
6160 return this->emitRet(*ReturnType, RS);
6161 }
6162
6163 if (RE->getType()->isVoidType()) {
6164 if (!this->visit(RE))
6165 return false;
6166 } else {
6167 if (RE->containsErrors())
6168 return false;
6169
6171 // RVO - construct the value in the return location.
6172 if (!this->emitRVOPtr(RE))
6173 return false;
6174 if (!this->visitInitializerPop(RE))
6175 return false;
6176
6177 this->emitCleanup();
6178 return this->emitRetVoid(RS);
6179 }
6180 }
6181
6182 // Void return.
6183 this->emitCleanup();
6184 return this->emitRetVoid(RS);
6185}
6186
6187template <class Emitter> bool Compiler<Emitter>::visitIfStmt(const IfStmt *IS) {
6188 LocalScope<Emitter> IfScope(this);
6189
6190 auto visitChildStmt = [&](const Stmt *S) -> bool {
6191 LocalScope<Emitter> SScope(this);
6192 if (!visitStmt(S))
6193 return false;
6194 return SScope.destroyLocals();
6195 };
6196
6197 if (auto *CondInit = IS->getInit()) {
6198 if (!visitStmt(CondInit))
6199 return false;
6200 }
6201
6202 if (const DeclStmt *CondDecl = IS->getConditionVariableDeclStmt()) {
6203 if (!visitDeclStmt(CondDecl))
6204 return false;
6205 }
6206
6207 // Save ourselves compiling some code and the jumps, etc. if the condition is
6208 // stataically known to be either true or false. We could look at more cases
6209 // here, but I think all the ones that actually happen are using a
6210 // ConstantExpr.
6211 if (std::optional<bool> BoolValue = getBoolValue(IS->getCond())) {
6212 if (*BoolValue)
6213 return visitChildStmt(IS->getThen());
6214 if (const Stmt *Else = IS->getElse())
6215 return visitChildStmt(Else);
6216 return true;
6217 }
6218
6219 // Otherwise, compile the condition.
6220 if (IS->isNonNegatedConsteval()) {
6221 if (!this->emitIsConstantContext(IS))
6222 return false;
6223 } else if (IS->isNegatedConsteval()) {
6224 if (!this->emitIsConstantContext(IS))
6225 return false;
6226 if (!this->emitInv(IS))
6227 return false;
6228 } else {
6230 if (!this->visitBool(IS->getCond()))
6231 return false;
6232 if (!CondScope.destroyLocals())
6233 return false;
6234 }
6235
6236 if (!this->maybeEmitDeferredVarInit(IS->getConditionVariable()))
6237 return false;
6238
6239 if (const Stmt *Else = IS->getElse()) {
6240 LabelTy LabelElse = this->getLabel();
6241 LabelTy LabelEnd = this->getLabel();
6242 if (!this->jumpFalse(LabelElse, IS))
6243 return false;
6244 if (!visitChildStmt(IS->getThen()))
6245 return false;
6246 if (!this->jump(LabelEnd, IS))
6247 return false;
6248 this->emitLabel(LabelElse);
6249 if (!visitChildStmt(Else))
6250 return false;
6251 this->emitLabel(LabelEnd);
6252 } else {
6253 LabelTy LabelEnd = this->getLabel();
6254 if (!this->jumpFalse(LabelEnd, IS))
6255 return false;
6256 if (!visitChildStmt(IS->getThen()))
6257 return false;
6258 this->emitLabel(LabelEnd);
6259 }
6260
6261 if (!IfScope.destroyLocals())
6262 return false;
6263
6264 return true;
6265}
6266
6267template <class Emitter>
6269 const Expr *Cond = S->getCond();
6270 const Stmt *Body = S->getBody();
6271
6272 LabelTy CondLabel = this->getLabel(); // Label before the condition.
6273 LabelTy EndLabel = this->getLabel(); // Label after the loop.
6274 LocalScope<Emitter> WholeLoopScope(this);
6275 LoopScope<Emitter> LS(this, S, EndLabel, CondLabel);
6276
6277 this->fallthrough(CondLabel);
6278 this->emitLabel(CondLabel);
6279
6280 // Start of the loop body {
6281 LocalScope<Emitter> CondScope(this);
6282
6283 if (const DeclStmt *CondDecl = S->getConditionVariableDeclStmt()) {
6284 if (!visitDeclStmt(CondDecl))
6285 return false;
6286 }
6287
6288 if (!this->visitBool(Cond))
6289 return false;
6290
6291 if (!this->maybeEmitDeferredVarInit(S->getConditionVariable()))
6292 return false;
6293
6294 if (!this->jumpFalse(EndLabel, S))
6295 return false;
6296
6297 if (!this->visitStmt(Body))
6298 return false;
6299
6300 if (!CondScope.destroyLocals())
6301 return false;
6302 // } End of loop body.
6303
6304 if (!this->jump(CondLabel, S))
6305 return false;
6306 this->fallthrough(EndLabel);
6307 this->emitLabel(EndLabel);
6308
6309 return CondScope.destroyLocals() && WholeLoopScope.destroyLocals();
6310}
6311
6312template <class Emitter> bool Compiler<Emitter>::visitDoStmt(const DoStmt *S) {
6313 const Expr *Cond = S->getCond();
6314 const Stmt *Body = S->getBody();
6315
6316 LabelTy StartLabel = this->getLabel();
6317 LabelTy EndLabel = this->getLabel();
6318 LabelTy CondLabel = this->getLabel();
6319 LocalScope<Emitter> WholeLoopScope(this);
6320 LoopScope<Emitter> LS(this, S, EndLabel, CondLabel);
6321
6322 this->fallthrough(StartLabel);
6323 this->emitLabel(StartLabel);
6324
6325 {
6326 LocalScope<Emitter> CondScope(this);
6327 if (!this->visitStmt(Body))
6328 return false;
6329 this->fallthrough(CondLabel);
6330 this->emitLabel(CondLabel);
6331 if (!this->visitBool(Cond))
6332 return false;
6333
6334 if (!CondScope.destroyLocals())
6335 return false;
6336 }
6337 if (!this->jumpTrue(StartLabel, S))
6338 return false;
6339
6340 this->fallthrough(EndLabel);
6341 this->emitLabel(EndLabel);
6342 return WholeLoopScope.destroyLocals();
6343}
6344
6345template <class Emitter>
6347 // for (Init; Cond; Inc) { Body }
6348 const Stmt *Init = S->getInit();
6349 const Expr *Cond = S->getCond();
6350 const Expr *Inc = S->getInc();
6351 const Stmt *Body = S->getBody();
6352
6353 LabelTy EndLabel = this->getLabel();
6354 LabelTy CondLabel = this->getLabel();
6355 LabelTy IncLabel = this->getLabel();
6356
6357 LocalScope<Emitter> WholeLoopScope(this);
6358 if (Init && !this->visitStmt(Init))
6359 return false;
6360
6361 // Start of the loop body {
6362 this->fallthrough(CondLabel);
6363 this->emitLabel(CondLabel);
6364
6365 LocalScope<Emitter> CondScope(this);
6366 LoopScope<Emitter> LS(this, S, EndLabel, IncLabel);
6367 if (const DeclStmt *CondDecl = S->getConditionVariableDeclStmt()) {
6368 if (!visitDeclStmt(CondDecl))
6369 return false;
6370 }
6371
6372 if (Cond) {
6373 if (!this->visitBool(Cond))
6374 return false;
6375 if (!this->jumpFalse(EndLabel, S))
6376 return false;
6377 }
6378 if (!this->maybeEmitDeferredVarInit(S->getConditionVariable()))
6379 return false;
6380
6381 if (Body && !this->visitStmt(Body))
6382 return false;
6383
6384 this->fallthrough(IncLabel);
6385 this->emitLabel(IncLabel);
6386 if (Inc && !this->discard(Inc))
6387 return false;
6388
6389 if (!CondScope.destroyLocals())
6390 return false;
6391 if (!this->jump(CondLabel, S))
6392 return false;
6393 // } End of loop body.
6394
6395 this->emitLabel(EndLabel);
6396 // If we jumped out of the loop above, we still need to clean up the condition
6397 // scope.
6398 return CondScope.destroyLocals() && WholeLoopScope.destroyLocals();
6399}
6400
6401template <class Emitter>
6403 const Stmt *Init = S->getInit();
6404 const Expr *Cond = S->getCond();
6405 const Expr *Inc = S->getInc();
6406 const Stmt *Body = S->getBody();
6407 const Stmt *BeginStmt = S->getBeginStmt();
6408 const Stmt *RangeStmt = S->getRangeStmt();
6409 const Stmt *EndStmt = S->getEndStmt();
6410
6411 LabelTy EndLabel = this->getLabel();
6412 LabelTy CondLabel = this->getLabel();
6413 LabelTy IncLabel = this->getLabel();
6414 LocalScope<Emitter> WholeLoopScope(this);
6415 LoopScope<Emitter> LS(this, S, EndLabel, IncLabel);
6416
6417 // Emit declarations needed in the loop.
6418 if (Init && !this->visitStmt(Init))
6419 return false;
6420 if (!this->visitStmt(RangeStmt))
6421 return false;
6422 if (!this->visitStmt(BeginStmt))
6423 return false;
6424 if (!this->visitStmt(EndStmt))
6425 return false;
6426
6427 // Now the condition as well as the loop variable assignment.
6428 this->fallthrough(CondLabel);
6429 this->emitLabel(CondLabel);
6430 if (!this->visitBool(Cond))
6431 return false;
6432 if (!this->jumpFalse(EndLabel, S))
6433 return false;
6434
6435 if (!this->visitDeclStmt(S->getLoopVarStmt(), /*EvaluateConditionDecl=*/true))
6436 return false;
6437
6438 // Body.
6439 {
6440 if (!this->visitStmt(Body))
6441 return false;
6442
6443 this->fallthrough(IncLabel);
6444 this->emitLabel(IncLabel);
6445 if (!this->discard(Inc))
6446 return false;
6447 }
6448
6449 if (!this->jump(CondLabel, S))
6450 return false;
6451
6452 this->fallthrough(EndLabel);
6453 this->emitLabel(EndLabel);
6454 return WholeLoopScope.destroyLocals();
6455}
6456
6457template <class Emitter>
6459 if (LabelInfoStack.empty())
6460 return false;
6461
6462 OptLabelTy TargetLabel = std::nullopt;
6463 const Stmt *TargetLoop = S->getNamedLoopOrSwitch();
6464 const VariableScope<Emitter> *BreakScope = nullptr;
6465
6466 if (!TargetLoop) {
6467 for (const auto &LI : llvm::reverse(LabelInfoStack)) {
6468 if (LI.BreakLabel) {
6469 TargetLabel = *LI.BreakLabel;
6470 BreakScope = LI.BreakOrContinueScope;
6471 break;
6472 }
6473 }
6474 } else {
6475 for (auto LI : LabelInfoStack) {
6476 if (LI.Name == TargetLoop) {
6477 TargetLabel = *LI.BreakLabel;
6478 BreakScope = LI.BreakOrContinueScope;
6479 break;
6480 }
6481 }
6482 }
6483
6484 // Faulty break statement (e.g. label redefined or named loops disabled).
6485 if (!TargetLabel)
6486 return false;
6487
6488 for (VariableScope<Emitter> *C = this->VarScope; C != BreakScope;
6489 C = C->getParent()) {
6490 if (!C->destroyLocals())
6491 return false;
6492 }
6493
6494 return this->jump(*TargetLabel, S);
6495}
6496
6497template <class Emitter>
6499 if (LabelInfoStack.empty())
6500 return false;
6501
6502 OptLabelTy TargetLabel = std::nullopt;
6503 const Stmt *TargetLoop = S->getNamedLoopOrSwitch();
6504 const VariableScope<Emitter> *ContinueScope = nullptr;
6505
6506 if (!TargetLoop) {
6507 for (const auto &LI : llvm::reverse(LabelInfoStack)) {
6508 if (LI.ContinueLabel) {
6509 TargetLabel = *LI.ContinueLabel;
6510 ContinueScope = LI.BreakOrContinueScope;
6511 break;
6512 }
6513 }
6514 } else {
6515 for (auto LI : LabelInfoStack) {
6516 if (LI.Name == TargetLoop) {
6517 TargetLabel = *LI.ContinueLabel;
6518 ContinueScope = LI.BreakOrContinueScope;
6519 break;
6520 }
6521 }
6522 }
6523 assert(TargetLabel);
6524
6525 for (VariableScope<Emitter> *C = VarScope; C != ContinueScope;
6526 C = C->getParent()) {
6527 if (!C->destroyLocals())
6528 return false;
6529 }
6530
6531 return this->jump(*TargetLabel, S);
6532}
6533
6534template <class Emitter>
6536 const Expr *Cond = S->getCond();
6537 if (Cond->containsErrors())
6538 return false;
6539
6540 PrimType CondT = this->classifyPrim(Cond->getType());
6541 LocalScope<Emitter> LS(this);
6542
6543 LabelTy EndLabel = this->getLabel();
6544 UnsignedOrNone DefaultLabel = std::nullopt;
6545 unsigned CondVar =
6546 this->allocateLocalPrimitive(Cond, CondT, /*IsConst=*/true);
6547
6548 if (const auto *CondInit = S->getInit())
6549 if (!visitStmt(CondInit))
6550 return false;
6551
6552 if (const DeclStmt *CondDecl = S->getConditionVariableDeclStmt())
6553 if (!visitDeclStmt(CondDecl))
6554 return false;
6555
6556 // Initialize condition variable.
6557 if (!this->visit(Cond))
6558 return false;
6559 if (!this->emitSetLocal(CondT, CondVar, S))
6560 return false;
6561
6562 if (!this->maybeEmitDeferredVarInit(S->getConditionVariable()))
6563 return false;
6564
6566 // Create labels and comparison ops for all case statements.
6567 for (const SwitchCase *SC = S->getSwitchCaseList(); SC;
6568 SC = SC->getNextSwitchCase()) {
6569 if (const auto *CS = dyn_cast<CaseStmt>(SC)) {
6570 CaseLabels[SC] = this->getLabel();
6571
6572 if (CS->caseStmtIsGNURange()) {
6573 LabelTy EndOfRangeCheck = this->getLabel();
6574 const Expr *Low = CS->getLHS();
6575 const Expr *High = CS->getRHS();
6576 if (Low->isValueDependent() || High->isValueDependent())
6577 return false;
6578
6579 if (!this->emitGetLocal(CondT, CondVar, CS))
6580 return false;
6581 if (!this->visit(Low))
6582 return false;
6583 PrimType LT = this->classifyPrim(Low->getType());
6584 if (!this->emitGE(LT, S))
6585 return false;
6586 if (!this->jumpFalse(EndOfRangeCheck, S))
6587 return false;
6588
6589 if (!this->emitGetLocal(CondT, CondVar, CS))
6590 return false;
6591 if (!this->visit(High))
6592 return false;
6593 PrimType HT = this->classifyPrim(High->getType());
6594 if (!this->emitLE(HT, S))
6595 return false;
6596 if (!this->jumpTrue(CaseLabels[CS], S))
6597 return false;
6598 this->emitLabel(EndOfRangeCheck);
6599 continue;
6600 }
6601
6602 const Expr *Value = CS->getLHS();
6603 if (Value->isValueDependent())
6604 return false;
6605 PrimType ValueT = this->classifyPrim(Value->getType());
6606
6607 // Compare the case statement's value to the switch condition.
6608 if (!this->emitGetLocal(CondT, CondVar, CS))
6609 return false;
6610 if (!this->visit(Value))
6611 return false;
6612
6613 // Compare and jump to the case label.
6614 if (!this->emitEQ(ValueT, S))
6615 return false;
6616 if (!this->jumpTrue(CaseLabels[CS], S))
6617 return false;
6618 } else {
6619 assert(!DefaultLabel);
6620 DefaultLabel = this->getLabel();
6621 }
6622 }
6623
6624 // If none of the conditions above were true, fall through to the default
6625 // statement or jump after the switch statement.
6626 if (DefaultLabel) {
6627 if (!this->jump(*DefaultLabel, S))
6628 return false;
6629 } else {
6630 if (!this->jump(EndLabel, S))
6631 return false;
6632 }
6633
6634 SwitchScope<Emitter> SS(this, S, std::move(CaseLabels), EndLabel,
6635 DefaultLabel);
6636 if (!this->visitStmt(S->getBody()))
6637 return false;
6638 this->fallthrough(EndLabel);
6639 this->emitLabel(EndLabel);
6640
6641 return LS.destroyLocals();
6642}
6643
6644template <class Emitter>
6646 this->fallthrough(CaseLabels[S]);
6647 this->emitLabel(CaseLabels[S]);
6648 return this->visitStmt(S->getSubStmt());
6649}
6650
6651template <class Emitter>
6653 if (LabelInfoStack.empty())
6654 return false;
6655
6656 LabelTy DefaultLabel;
6657 for (const LabelInfo &LI : llvm::reverse(LabelInfoStack)) {
6658 if (LI.DefaultLabel) {
6659 DefaultLabel = *LI.DefaultLabel;
6660 break;
6661 }
6662 }
6663
6664 this->emitLabel(DefaultLabel);
6665 return this->visitStmt(S->getSubStmt());
6666}
6667
6668template <class Emitter>
6670 const Stmt *SubStmt = S->getSubStmt();
6671
6672 bool IsMSVCConstexprAttr = isa<ReturnStmt>(SubStmt) &&
6674
6675 if (IsMSVCConstexprAttr && !this->emitPushMSVCCE(S))
6676 return false;
6677
6678 if (this->Ctx.getLangOpts().CXXAssumptions &&
6679 !this->Ctx.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
6680 for (const Attr *A : S->getAttrs()) {
6681 auto *AA = dyn_cast<CXXAssumeAttr>(A);
6682 if (!AA)
6683 continue;
6684
6685 assert(isa<NullStmt>(SubStmt));
6686
6687 const Expr *Assumption = AA->getAssumption();
6688 if (Assumption->isValueDependent())
6689 return false;
6690
6691 if (Assumption->HasSideEffects(this->Ctx.getASTContext()))
6692 continue;
6693
6694 // Evaluate assumption.
6695 if (!this->visitBool(Assumption))
6696 return false;
6697
6698 if (!this->emitAssume(Assumption))
6699 return false;
6700 }
6701 }
6702
6703 // Ignore other attributes.
6704 if (!this->visitStmt(SubStmt))
6705 return false;
6706
6707 if (IsMSVCConstexprAttr)
6708 return this->emitPopMSVCCE(S);
6709 return true;
6710}
6711
6712template <class Emitter>
6714 // Ignore all handlers.
6715 return this->visitStmt(S->getTryBlock());
6716}
6717
6718template <class Emitter>
6719bool Compiler<Emitter>::emitLambdaStaticInvokerBody(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
6720 assert(MD->isLambdaStaticInvoker());
6721 assert(MD->hasBody());
6722 assert(cast<CompoundStmt>(MD->getBody())->body_empty());
6723
6724 const CXXRecordDecl *ClosureClass = MD->getParent();
6725 const FunctionDecl *LambdaCallOp;
6726 assert(ClosureClass->captures().empty());
6727 if (ClosureClass->isGenericLambda()) {
6728 LambdaCallOp = ClosureClass->getLambdaCallOperator();
6729 assert(MD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
6730 "A generic lambda's static-invoker function must be a "
6731 "template specialization");
6733 FunctionTemplateDecl *CallOpTemplate =
6734 LambdaCallOp->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
6735 void *InsertPos = nullptr;
6736 const FunctionDecl *CorrespondingCallOpSpecialization =
6737 CallOpTemplate->findSpecialization(TAL->asArray(), InsertPos);
6738 assert(CorrespondingCallOpSpecialization);
6739 LambdaCallOp = CorrespondingCallOpSpecialization;
6740 } else {
6741 LambdaCallOp = ClosureClass->getLambdaCallOperator();
6742 }
6743 assert(ClosureClass->captures().empty());
6744 const Function *Func = this->getFunction(LambdaCallOp);
6745 if (!Func)
6746 return false;
6747 assert(Func->hasThisPointer());
6748 assert(Func->getNumParams() == (MD->getNumParams() + 1 + Func->hasRVO()));
6749
6750 if (Func->hasRVO()) {
6751 if (!this->emitRVOPtr(MD))
6752 return false;
6753 }
6754
6755 // The lambda call operator needs an instance pointer, but we don't have
6756 // one here, and we don't need one either because the lambda cannot have
6757 // any captures, as verified above. Emit a null pointer. This is then
6758 // special-cased when interpreting to not emit any misleading diagnostics.
6759 if (!this->emitNullPtr(0, nullptr, MD))
6760 return false;
6761
6762 // Forward all arguments from the static invoker to the lambda call operator.
6763 for (const ParmVarDecl *PVD : MD->parameters()) {
6764 auto It = this->Params.find(PVD);
6765 assert(It != this->Params.end());
6766
6767 // We do the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion manually here, so no need
6768 // to care about references.
6769 PrimType ParamType = this->classify(PVD->getType()).value_or(PT_Ptr);
6770 if (!this->emitGetParam(ParamType, It->second.Index, MD))
6771 return false;
6772 }
6773
6774 if (!this->emitCall(Func, 0, LambdaCallOp))
6775 return false;
6776
6777 this->emitCleanup();
6778 if (ReturnType)
6779 return this->emitRet(*ReturnType, MD);
6780
6781 // Nothing to do, since we emitted the RVO pointer above.
6782 return this->emitRetVoid(MD);
6783}
6784
6785template <class Emitter>
6786bool Compiler<Emitter>::checkLiteralType(const Expr *E) {
6787 if (Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus23)
6788 return true;
6789
6790 if (!E->isPRValue() || E->getType()->isLiteralType(Ctx.getASTContext()))
6791 return true;
6792
6793 return this->emitCheckLiteralType(E->getType().getTypePtr(), E);
6794}
6795
6797 const Expr *InitExpr = Init->getInit();
6798
6799 if (!Init->isWritten() && !Init->isInClassMemberInitializer() &&
6800 !isa<CXXConstructExpr>(InitExpr))
6801 return true;
6802
6803 if (const auto *CE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(InitExpr)) {
6804 const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = CE->getConstructor();
6805 if (Ctor->isDefaulted() && Ctor->isCopyOrMoveConstructor() &&
6806 Ctor->isTrivial())
6807 return true;
6808 }
6809
6810 return false;
6811}
6812
6813template <class Emitter>
6814bool Compiler<Emitter>::compileConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor) {
6815 assert(!ReturnType);
6816
6817 // Only start the lifetime of the instance pointer.
6818 if (!this->emitStartThisLifetime1(Ctor))
6819 return false;
6820
6821 auto emitFieldInitializer = [&](const Record::Field *F, unsigned FieldOffset,
6822 const Expr *InitExpr,
6823 bool Activate = false) -> bool {
6824 // We don't know what to do with these, so just return false.
6825 if (InitExpr->getType().isNull())
6826 return false;
6827
6828 if (OptPrimType T = this->classify(InitExpr)) {
6829 if (Activate && !this->emitActivateThisField(FieldOffset, InitExpr))
6830 return false;
6831
6832 if (!this->visit(InitExpr))
6833 return false;
6834
6835 if (F->isBitField())
6836 return this->emitInitThisBitField(*T, FieldOffset, F->bitWidth(),
6837 InitExpr);
6838 return this->emitInitThisField(*T, FieldOffset, InitExpr);
6839 }
6840 // Non-primitive case. Get a pointer to the field-to-initialize
6841 // on the stack and call visitInitialzer() for it.
6842 InitLinkScope<Emitter> FieldScope(this, InitLink::Field(F->Offset));
6843 if (!this->emitGetPtrThisField(FieldOffset, InitExpr))
6844 return false;
6845
6846 if (Activate && !this->emitActivate(InitExpr))
6847 return false;
6848
6849 return this->visitInitializerPop(InitExpr);
6850 };
6851
6852 const RecordDecl *RD = Ctor->getParent();
6853 const Record *R = this->getRecord(RD);
6854 if (!R)
6855 return false;
6856 bool IsUnion = R->isUnion();
6857
6858 // Union copy and move ctors are special.
6859 if (IsUnion && Ctor->isCopyOrMoveConstructor()) {
6861
6862 // No special case for NumFields == 0 here, so the Memcpy op
6863 // below also does its checks in those cases.
6864
6865 assert(cast<CompoundStmt>(Ctor->getBody())->body_empty());
6866 if (!this->emitThis(Ctor))
6867 return false;
6868
6869 if (!this->emitGetParam(PT_Ptr, /*ParamIndex=*/0, Ctor))
6870 return false;
6871
6872 return this->emitMemcpy(Ctor) && this->emitPopPtr(Ctor) &&
6873 this->emitRetVoid(Ctor);
6874 }
6875
6876 unsigned FieldInits = 0;
6878 for (const auto *Init : Ctor->inits()) {
6879 // Scope needed for the initializers.
6880 LocalScope<Emitter> Scope(this, ScopeKind::FullExpression);
6881
6882 const Expr *InitExpr = Init->getInit();
6883 if (const FieldDecl *Member = Init->getMember()) {
6884 const Record::Field *F = R->getField(Member);
6885
6888 if (!emitFieldInitializer(F, F->Offset, InitExpr, IsUnion))
6889 return false;
6890 ++FieldInits;
6891 } else if (const Type *Base = Init->getBaseClass()) {
6892 const auto *BaseDecl = Base->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
6893 assert(BaseDecl);
6894
6895 if (Init->isBaseVirtual()) {
6896 assert(R->getVirtualBase(BaseDecl));
6897 if (!this->emitGetPtrThisVirtBase(BaseDecl, InitExpr))
6898 return false;
6899
6900 } else {
6901 // Base class initializer.
6902 // Get This Base and call initializer on it.
6903 const Record::Base *B = R->getBase(BaseDecl);
6904 assert(B);
6905 if (!this->emitGetPtrThisBase(B->Offset, InitExpr))
6906 return false;
6907 }
6908
6909 if (IsUnion && !this->emitActivate(InitExpr))
6910 return false;
6911
6912 if (!this->visitInitializerPop(InitExpr))
6913 return false;
6914 } else if (const IndirectFieldDecl *IFD = Init->getIndirectMember()) {
6917 unsigned ChainSize = IFD->getChainingSize();
6918 assert(ChainSize >= 2);
6919
6920 unsigned NestedFieldOffset = 0;
6921 const Record::Field *NestedField = nullptr;
6922 for (unsigned I = 0; I != ChainSize; ++I) {
6923 const auto *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(IFD->chain()[I]);
6924 const Record *FieldRecord = this->P.getOrCreateRecord(FD->getParent());
6925 assert(FieldRecord);
6926
6927 NestedField = FieldRecord->getField(FD);
6928 assert(NestedField);
6929 IsUnion = IsUnion || FieldRecord->isUnion();
6930
6931 NestedFieldOffset += NestedField->Offset;
6932
6933 // Add a new InitChainLink for the record, but not for the final field.
6934 if (I != ChainSize - 1)
6935 InitStack.push_back(InitLink::Field(NestedField->Offset));
6936 }
6937 assert(NestedField);
6938
6940 if (!emitFieldInitializer(NestedField, NestedFieldOffset, InitExpr,
6941 IsUnion))
6942 return false;
6943
6944 // Mark all chain links as initialized.
6945 unsigned InitFieldOffset = 0;
6946 for (const NamedDecl *ND : IFD->chain().drop_back()) {
6947 const auto *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(ND);
6948 const Record *FieldRecord = this->P.getOrCreateRecord(FD->getParent());
6949 assert(FieldRecord);
6950 NestedField = FieldRecord->getField(FD);
6951 InitFieldOffset += NestedField->Offset;
6952 assert(NestedField);
6953 if (!this->emitGetPtrThisField(InitFieldOffset, InitExpr))
6954 return false;
6955 if (!this->emitFinishInitPop(InitExpr))
6956 return false;
6957 }
6958
6959 InitStack.pop_back_n(ChainSize - 1);
6960
6961 } else {
6962 assert(Init->isDelegatingInitializer());
6963 if (!this->emitThis(InitExpr))
6964 return false;
6965 if (!this->visitInitializerPop(Init->getInit()))
6966 return false;
6967 }
6968
6969 if (!Scope.destroyLocals())
6970 return false;
6971 }
6972
6973 if (FieldInits != R->getNumFields()) {
6974 assert(FieldInits < R->getNumFields());
6975 // Start the lifetime of all members.
6976 if (!this->emitStartThisLifetime(Ctor))
6977 return false;
6978 }
6979
6980 if (const Stmt *Body = Ctor->getBody()) {
6981 // Only emit the CtorCheck op for non-empty CompoundStmt bodies.
6982 // For non-CompoundStmts, always assume they are non-empty and emit it.
6983 if (const auto *CS = dyn_cast<CompoundStmt>(Body)) {
6984 if (!CS->body_empty() && !this->emitCtorCheck(SourceInfo{}))
6985 return false;
6986 } else {
6987 if (!this->emitCtorCheck(SourceInfo{}))
6988 return false;
6989 }
6990
6991 if (!visitStmt(Body))
6992 return false;
6993 }
6994
6995 return this->emitRetVoid(SourceInfo{});
6996}
6997
6998template <class Emitter>
6999bool Compiler<Emitter>::compileDestructor(const CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor) {
7000 const RecordDecl *RD = Dtor->getParent();
7001 const Record *R = this->getRecord(RD);
7002 if (!R)
7003 return false;
7004
7005 if (!Dtor->isTrivial() && Dtor->getBody()) {
7006 if (!this->visitStmt(Dtor->getBody()))
7007 return false;
7008 }
7009
7010 if (!this->emitThis(Dtor))
7011 return false;
7012
7013 if (!this->emitCheckDestruction(Dtor))
7014 return false;
7015
7016 assert(R);
7017 if (!R->isUnion()) {
7018
7020 // First, destroy all fields.
7021 for (const Record::Field &Field : llvm::reverse(R->fields())) {
7022 const Descriptor *D = Field.Desc;
7023 if (D->hasTrivialDtor())
7024 continue;
7025 if (!this->emitGetPtrField(Field.Offset, SourceInfo{}))
7026 return false;
7027 if (!this->emitDestructionPop(D, SourceInfo{}))
7028 return false;
7029 }
7030 }
7031
7032 for (const Record::Base &Base : llvm::reverse(R->bases())) {
7033 if (Base.R->hasTrivialDtor())
7034 continue;
7035 if (!this->emitGetPtrBase(Base.Offset, SourceInfo{}))
7036 return false;
7037 if (!this->emitRecordDestructionPop(Base.R, {}))
7038 return false;
7039 }
7040
7041 if (!this->emitMarkDestroyed(Dtor))
7042 return false;
7043
7044 // FIXME: Virtual bases.
7045 return this->emitPopPtr(Dtor) && this->emitRetVoid(Dtor);
7046}
7047
7048template <class Emitter>
7049bool Compiler<Emitter>::compileUnionAssignmentOperator(
7050 const CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
7051 if (!this->emitThis(MD))
7052 return false;
7053
7054 if (!this->emitGetParam(PT_Ptr, /*ParamIndex=*/0, MD))
7055 return false;
7056
7057 return this->emitMemcpy(MD) && this->emitRet(PT_Ptr, MD);
7058}
7059
7060template <class Emitter>
7062 if (F->getReturnType()->isDependentType())
7063 return false;
7064
7065 // Classify the return type.
7066 ReturnType = this->classify(F->getReturnType());
7067
7068 this->CompilingFunction = F;
7069
7070 if (const auto *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(F))
7071 return this->compileConstructor(Ctor);
7072 if (const auto *Dtor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(F))
7073 return this->compileDestructor(Dtor);
7074
7075 // Emit custom code if this is a lambda static invoker.
7076 if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(F)) {
7077 const RecordDecl *RD = MD->getParent();
7078
7079 if (RD->isUnion() &&
7081 return this->compileUnionAssignmentOperator(MD);
7082
7083 if (MD->isLambdaStaticInvoker())
7084 return this->emitLambdaStaticInvokerBody(MD);
7085 }
7086
7087 // Regular functions.
7088 if (const auto *Body = F->getBody())
7089 if (!visitStmt(Body))
7090 return false;
7091
7092 // Emit a guard return to protect against a code path missing one.
7093 if (F->getReturnType()->isVoidType())
7094 return this->emitRetVoid(SourceInfo{});
7095 return this->emitNoRet(SourceInfo{});
7096}
7097
7098static uint32_t getBitWidth(const Expr *E) {
7099 assert(E->refersToBitField());
7100 const auto *ME = cast<MemberExpr>(E);
7101 const auto *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
7102 return FD->getBitWidthValue();
7103}
7104
7105template <class Emitter>
7107 const Expr *SubExpr = E->getSubExpr();
7108 if (SubExpr->getType()->isAnyComplexType())
7109 return this->VisitComplexUnaryOperator(E);
7110 if (SubExpr->getType()->isVectorType())
7111 return this->VisitVectorUnaryOperator(E);
7112 if (SubExpr->getType()->isFixedPointType())
7113 return this->VisitFixedPointUnaryOperator(E);
7114 OptPrimType T = classify(SubExpr->getType());
7115
7116 switch (E->getOpcode()) {
7117 case UO_PostInc: { // x++
7118 if (!Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14)
7119 return this->emitInvalid(E);
7120 if (!T)
7121 return this->emitError(E);
7122
7123 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
7124 return false;
7125
7126 if (T == PT_Ptr) {
7127 if (!this->emitIncPtr(E))
7128 return false;
7129
7130 return DiscardResult ? this->emitPopPtr(E) : true;
7131 }
7132
7133 if (T == PT_Float)
7134 return DiscardResult ? this->emitIncfPop(getFPOptions(E), E)
7135 : this->emitIncf(getFPOptions(E), E);
7136
7137 if (SubExpr->refersToBitField())
7138 return DiscardResult ? this->emitIncPopBitfield(*T, E->canOverflow(),
7139 getBitWidth(SubExpr), E)
7140 : this->emitIncBitfield(*T, E->canOverflow(),
7141 getBitWidth(SubExpr), E);
7142
7143 return DiscardResult ? this->emitIncPop(*T, E->canOverflow(), E)
7144 : this->emitInc(*T, E->canOverflow(), E);
7145 }
7146 case UO_PostDec: { // x--
7147 if (!Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14)
7148 return this->emitInvalid(E);
7149 if (!T)
7150 return this->emitError(E);
7151
7152 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
7153 return false;
7154
7155 if (T == PT_Ptr) {
7156 if (!this->emitDecPtr(E))
7157 return false;
7158
7159 return DiscardResult ? this->emitPopPtr(E) : true;
7160 }
7161
7162 if (T == PT_Float)
7163 return DiscardResult ? this->emitDecfPop(getFPOptions(E), E)
7164 : this->emitDecf(getFPOptions(E), E);
7165
7166 if (SubExpr->refersToBitField()) {
7167 return DiscardResult ? this->emitDecPopBitfield(*T, E->canOverflow(),
7168 getBitWidth(SubExpr), E)
7169 : this->emitDecBitfield(*T, E->canOverflow(),
7170 getBitWidth(SubExpr), E);
7171 }
7172
7173 return DiscardResult ? this->emitDecPop(*T, E->canOverflow(), E)
7174 : this->emitDec(*T, E->canOverflow(), E);
7175 }
7176 case UO_PreInc: { // ++x
7177 if (!Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14)
7178 return this->emitInvalid(E);
7179 if (!T)
7180 return this->emitError(E);
7181
7182 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
7183 return false;
7184
7185 if (T == PT_Ptr) {
7186 if (!this->emitLoadPtr(E))
7187 return false;
7188 if (!this->emitConstUint8(1, E))
7189 return false;
7190 if (!this->emitAddOffsetUint8(E))
7191 return false;
7192 return DiscardResult ? this->emitStorePopPtr(E) : this->emitStorePtr(E);
7193 }
7194
7195 // Post-inc and pre-inc are the same if the value is to be discarded.
7196 if (DiscardResult) {
7197 if (T == PT_Float)
7198 return this->emitIncfPop(getFPOptions(E), E);
7199 if (SubExpr->refersToBitField())
7200 return DiscardResult ? this->emitIncPopBitfield(*T, E->canOverflow(),
7201 getBitWidth(SubExpr), E)
7202 : this->emitIncBitfield(*T, E->canOverflow(),
7203 getBitWidth(SubExpr), E);
7204 return this->emitIncPop(*T, E->canOverflow(), E);
7205 }
7206
7207 if (T == PT_Float) {
7208 const auto &TargetSemantics = Ctx.getFloatSemantics(E->getType());
7209 if (!this->emitLoadFloat(E))
7210 return false;
7211 APFloat F(TargetSemantics, 1);
7212 if (!this->emitFloat(F, E))
7213 return false;
7214
7215 if (!this->emitAddf(getFPOptions(E), E))
7216 return false;
7217 if (!this->emitStoreFloat(E))
7218 return false;
7219 } else if (SubExpr->refersToBitField()) {
7220 assert(isIntegerOrBoolType(*T));
7221 if (!this->emitPreIncBitfield(*T, E->canOverflow(), getBitWidth(SubExpr),
7222 E))
7223 return false;
7224 } else {
7225 assert(isIntegerOrBoolType(*T));
7226 if (!this->emitPreInc(*T, E->canOverflow(), E))
7227 return false;
7228 }
7229 return E->isGLValue() || this->emitLoadPop(*T, E);
7230 }
7231 case UO_PreDec: { // --x
7232 if (!Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14)
7233 return this->emitInvalid(E);
7234 if (!T)
7235 return this->emitError(E);
7236
7237 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
7238 return false;
7239
7240 if (T == PT_Ptr) {
7241 if (!this->emitLoadPtr(E))
7242 return false;
7243 if (!this->emitConstUint8(1, E))
7244 return false;
7245 if (!this->emitSubOffsetUint8(E))
7246 return false;
7247 return DiscardResult ? this->emitStorePopPtr(E) : this->emitStorePtr(E);
7248 }
7249
7250 // Post-dec and pre-dec are the same if the value is to be discarded.
7251 if (DiscardResult) {
7252 if (T == PT_Float)
7253 return this->emitDecfPop(getFPOptions(E), E);
7254 if (SubExpr->refersToBitField())
7255 return DiscardResult ? this->emitDecPopBitfield(*T, E->canOverflow(),
7256 getBitWidth(SubExpr), E)
7257 : this->emitDecBitfield(*T, E->canOverflow(),
7258 getBitWidth(SubExpr), E);
7259 return this->emitDecPop(*T, E->canOverflow(), E);
7260 }
7261
7262 if (T == PT_Float) {
7263 const auto &TargetSemantics = Ctx.getFloatSemantics(E->getType());
7264 if (!this->emitLoadFloat(E))
7265 return false;
7266 APFloat F(TargetSemantics, 1);
7267 if (!this->emitFloat(F, E))
7268 return false;
7269
7270 if (!this->emitSubf(getFPOptions(E), E))
7271 return false;
7272 if (!this->emitStoreFloat(E))
7273 return false;
7274 } else if (SubExpr->refersToBitField()) {
7275 assert(isIntegerOrBoolType(*T));
7276 if (!this->emitPreDecBitfield(*T, E->canOverflow(), getBitWidth(SubExpr),
7277 E))
7278 return false;
7279 } else {
7280 assert(isIntegerOrBoolType(*T));
7281 if (!this->emitPreDec(*T, E->canOverflow(), E))
7282 return false;
7283 }
7284 return E->isGLValue() || this->emitLoadPop(*T, E);
7285 }
7286 case UO_LNot: // !x
7287 if (!T)
7288 return this->emitError(E);
7289
7290 if (DiscardResult)
7291 return this->discard(SubExpr);
7292
7293 if (!this->visitBool(SubExpr))
7294 return false;
7295
7296 if (!this->emitInv(E))
7297 return false;
7298
7299 if (PrimType ET = classifyPrim(E->getType()); ET != PT_Bool)
7300 return this->emitCast(PT_Bool, ET, E);
7301 return true;
7302 case UO_Minus: // -x
7303 if (!T)
7304 return this->emitError(E);
7305
7306 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
7307 return false;
7308 return DiscardResult ? this->emitPop(*T, E) : this->emitNeg(*T, E);
7309 case UO_Plus: // +x
7310 if (!T)
7311 return this->emitError(E);
7312
7313 if (!this->visit(SubExpr)) // noop
7314 return false;
7315 return DiscardResult ? this->emitPop(*T, E) : true;
7316 case UO_AddrOf: // &x
7317 if (E->getType()->isMemberPointerType()) {
7318 // C++11 [expr.unary.op]p3 has very strict rules on how the address of a
7319 // member can be formed.
7320 if (DiscardResult)
7321 return true;
7322 return this->emitGetMemberPtr(cast<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr)->getDecl(), E);
7323 }
7324 // We should already have a pointer when we get here.
7325 return this->delegate(SubExpr);
7326 case UO_Deref: // *x
7327 if (DiscardResult)
7328 return this->discard(SubExpr);
7329
7330 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
7331 return false;
7332
7333 if (!SubExpr->getType()->isFunctionPointerType() && !this->emitCheckNull(E))
7334 return false;
7335
7336 if (classifyPrim(SubExpr) == PT_Ptr)
7337 return this->emitNarrowPtr(E);
7338 return true;
7339
7340 case UO_Not: // ~x
7341 if (!T)
7342 return this->emitError(E);
7343
7344 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
7345 return false;
7346 return DiscardResult ? this->emitPop(*T, E) : this->emitComp(*T, E);
7347 case UO_Real: // __real x
7348 if (!T)
7349 return false;
7350 return this->delegate(SubExpr);
7351 case UO_Imag: { // __imag x
7352 if (!T)
7353 return false;
7354 if (!this->discard(SubExpr))
7355 return false;
7356 return DiscardResult
7357 ? true
7358 : this->visitZeroInitializer(*T, SubExpr->getType(), SubExpr);
7359 }
7360 case UO_Extension:
7361 return this->delegate(SubExpr);
7362 case UO_Coawait:
7363 assert(false && "Unhandled opcode");
7364 }
7365
7366 return false;
7367}
7368
7369template <class Emitter>
7371 const Expr *SubExpr = E->getSubExpr();
7372 assert(SubExpr->getType()->isAnyComplexType());
7373
7374 if (DiscardResult)
7375 return this->discard(SubExpr);
7376
7377 OptPrimType ResT = classify(E);
7378 auto prepareResult = [=]() -> bool {
7379 if (!ResT && !Initializing) {
7380 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateLocal(SubExpr);
7381 if (!LocalIndex)
7382 return false;
7383 return this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E);
7384 }
7385
7386 return true;
7387 };
7388
7389 // The offset of the temporary, if we created one.
7390 unsigned SubExprOffset = ~0u;
7391 auto createTemp = [=, &SubExprOffset]() -> bool {
7392 SubExprOffset =
7393 this->allocateLocalPrimitive(SubExpr, PT_Ptr, /*IsConst=*/true);
7394 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
7395 return false;
7396 return this->emitSetLocal(PT_Ptr, SubExprOffset, E);
7397 };
7398
7399 PrimType ElemT = classifyComplexElementType(SubExpr->getType());
7400 auto getElem = [=](unsigned Offset, unsigned Index) -> bool {
7401 if (!this->emitGetLocal(PT_Ptr, Offset, E))
7402 return false;
7403 return this->emitArrayElemPop(ElemT, Index, E);
7404 };
7405
7406 switch (E->getOpcode()) {
7407 case UO_Minus: // -x
7408 if (!prepareResult())
7409 return false;
7410 if (!createTemp())
7411 return false;
7412 for (unsigned I = 0; I != 2; ++I) {
7413 if (!getElem(SubExprOffset, I))
7414 return false;
7415 if (!this->emitNeg(ElemT, E))
7416 return false;
7417 if (!this->emitInitElem(ElemT, I, E))
7418 return false;
7419 }
7420 break;
7421
7422 case UO_Plus: // +x
7423 case UO_AddrOf: // &x
7424 case UO_Deref: // *x
7425 return this->delegate(SubExpr);
7426
7427 case UO_LNot:
7428 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
7429 return false;
7430 if (!this->emitComplexBoolCast(SubExpr))
7431 return false;
7432 if (!this->emitInv(E))
7433 return false;
7434 if (PrimType ET = classifyPrim(E->getType()); ET != PT_Bool)
7435 return this->emitCast(PT_Bool, ET, E);
7436 return true;
7437
7438 case UO_Real:
7439 return this->emitComplexReal(SubExpr);
7440
7441 case UO_Imag:
7442 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
7443 return false;
7444
7445 if (SubExpr->isLValue()) {
7446 if (!this->emitConstUint8(1, E))
7447 return false;
7448 return this->emitArrayElemPtrPopUint8(E);
7449 }
7450
7451 // Since our _Complex implementation does not map to a primitive type,
7452 // we sometimes have to do the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion here manually.
7453 return this->emitArrayElemPop(classifyPrim(E->getType()), 1, E);
7454
7455 case UO_Not: // ~x
7456 if (!this->delegate(SubExpr))
7457 return false;
7458 // Negate the imaginary component.
7459 if (!this->emitArrayElem(ElemT, 1, E))
7460 return false;
7461 if (!this->emitNeg(ElemT, E))
7462 return false;
7463 if (!this->emitInitElem(ElemT, 1, E))
7464 return false;
7465 return DiscardResult ? this->emitPopPtr(E) : true;
7466
7467 case UO_Extension:
7468 return this->delegate(SubExpr);
7469
7470 default:
7471 return this->emitInvalid(E);
7472 }
7473
7474 return true;
7475}
7476
7477template <class Emitter>
7479 const Expr *SubExpr = E->getSubExpr();
7480 assert(SubExpr->getType()->isVectorType());
7481
7482 if (DiscardResult)
7483 return this->discard(SubExpr);
7484
7485 auto UnaryOp = E->getOpcode();
7486 if (UnaryOp == UO_Extension)
7487 return this->delegate(SubExpr);
7488
7489 if (UnaryOp != UO_Plus && UnaryOp != UO_Minus && UnaryOp != UO_LNot &&
7490 UnaryOp != UO_Not && UnaryOp != UO_AddrOf)
7491 return this->emitInvalid(E);
7492
7493 // Nothing to do here.
7494 if (UnaryOp == UO_Plus || UnaryOp == UO_AddrOf)
7495 return this->delegate(SubExpr);
7496
7497 if (!Initializing) {
7498 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateLocal(SubExpr);
7499 if (!LocalIndex)
7500 return false;
7501 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
7502 return false;
7503 }
7504
7505 // The offset of the temporary, if we created one.
7506 unsigned SubExprOffset =
7507 this->allocateLocalPrimitive(SubExpr, PT_Ptr, /*IsConst=*/true);
7508 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
7509 return false;
7510 if (!this->emitSetLocal(PT_Ptr, SubExprOffset, E))
7511 return false;
7512
7513 const auto *VecTy = SubExpr->getType()->getAs<VectorType>();
7514 PrimType ElemT = classifyVectorElementType(SubExpr->getType());
7515 auto getElem = [=](unsigned Offset, unsigned Index) -> bool {
7516 if (!this->emitGetLocal(PT_Ptr, Offset, E))
7517 return false;
7518 return this->emitArrayElemPop(ElemT, Index, E);
7519 };
7520
7521 switch (UnaryOp) {
7522 case UO_Minus:
7523 for (unsigned I = 0; I != VecTy->getNumElements(); ++I) {
7524 if (!getElem(SubExprOffset, I))
7525 return false;
7526 if (!this->emitNeg(ElemT, E))
7527 return false;
7528 if (!this->emitInitElem(ElemT, I, E))
7529 return false;
7530 }
7531 break;
7532 case UO_LNot: { // !x
7533 // In C++, the logic operators !, &&, || are available for vectors. !v is
7534 // equivalent to v == 0.
7535 //
7536 // The result of the comparison is a vector of the same width and number of
7537 // elements as the comparison operands with a signed integral element type.
7538 //
7539 // https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Vector-Extensions.html
7540 QualType ResultVecTy = E->getType();
7541 PrimType ResultVecElemT =
7542 classifyPrim(ResultVecTy->getAs<VectorType>()->getElementType());
7543 for (unsigned I = 0; I != VecTy->getNumElements(); ++I) {
7544 if (!getElem(SubExprOffset, I))
7545 return false;
7546 // operator ! on vectors returns -1 for 'truth', so negate it.
7547 if (!this->emitPrimCast(ElemT, PT_Bool, Ctx.getASTContext().BoolTy, E))
7548 return false;
7549 if (!this->emitInv(E))
7550 return false;
7551 if (!this->emitPrimCast(PT_Bool, ElemT, VecTy->getElementType(), E))
7552 return false;
7553 if (!this->emitNeg(ElemT, E))
7554 return false;
7555 if (ElemT != ResultVecElemT &&
7556 !this->emitPrimCast(ElemT, ResultVecElemT, ResultVecTy, E))
7557 return false;
7558 if (!this->emitInitElem(ResultVecElemT, I, E))
7559 return false;
7560 }
7561 break;
7562 }
7563 case UO_Not: // ~x
7564 for (unsigned I = 0; I != VecTy->getNumElements(); ++I) {
7565 if (!getElem(SubExprOffset, I))
7566 return false;
7567 if (ElemT == PT_Bool) {
7568 if (!this->emitInv(E))
7569 return false;
7570 } else {
7571 if (!this->emitComp(ElemT, E))
7572 return false;
7573 }
7574 if (!this->emitInitElem(ElemT, I, E))
7575 return false;
7576 }
7577 break;
7578 default:
7579 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported unary operators should be handled up front");
7580 }
7581 return true;
7582}
7583
7584template <class Emitter>
7586 if (DiscardResult)
7587 return true;
7588
7589 if (const auto *ECD = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(D))
7590 return this->emitConst(ECD->getInitVal(), E);
7591 if (const auto *FuncDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
7592 const Function *F = getFunction(FuncDecl);
7593 return F && this->emitGetFnPtr(F, E);
7594 }
7595 if (const auto *TPOD = dyn_cast<TemplateParamObjectDecl>(D)) {
7596 if (UnsignedOrNone Index = P.getOrCreateGlobal(D)) {
7597 if (OptPrimType T = classify(D->getType())) {
7598 if (!this->visitAPValue(TPOD->getValue(), *T, E))
7599 return false;
7600 return this->emitInitGlobal(*T, *Index, E);
7601 }
7602
7603 if (!this->emitGetPtrGlobal(*Index, E))
7604 return false;
7605 if (!this->visitAPValueInitializer(TPOD->getValue(), E, TPOD->getType()))
7606 return false;
7607 return this->emitFinishInit(E);
7608 }
7609 return false;
7610 }
7611
7612 // References are implemented via pointers, so when we see a DeclRefExpr
7613 // pointing to a reference, we need to get its value directly (i.e. the
7614 // pointer to the actual value) instead of a pointer to the pointer to the
7615 // value.
7616 QualType DeclType = D->getType();
7617 bool IsReference = DeclType->isReferenceType();
7618
7619 // Function parameters.
7620 // Note that it's important to check them first since we might have a local
7621 // variable created for a ParmVarDecl as well.
7622 if (const auto *PVD = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(D)) {
7623 if (Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
7624 !DeclType->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
7625 return this->emitInvalidDeclRef(cast<DeclRefExpr>(E),
7626 /*InitializerFailed=*/false, E);
7627 }
7628 if (auto It = this->Params.find(PVD); It != this->Params.end()) {
7629 if (IsReference || !It->second.IsPtr)
7630 return this->emitGetParam(classifyPrim(E), It->second.Index, E);
7631
7632 return this->emitGetPtrParam(It->second.Index, E);
7633 }
7634
7635 if (!Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus23 && IsReference)
7636 return this->emitInvalidDeclRef(cast<DeclRefExpr>(E),
7637 /*InitializerFailed=*/false, E);
7638 }
7639 // Local variables.
7640 if (auto It = Locals.find(D); It != Locals.end()) {
7641 const unsigned Offset = It->second.Offset;
7642 if (IsReference) {
7643 assert(classifyPrim(E) == PT_Ptr);
7644 return this->emitGetRefLocal(Offset, E);
7645 }
7646 return this->emitGetPtrLocal(Offset, E);
7647 }
7648 // Global variables.
7649 if (auto GlobalIndex = P.getGlobal(D)) {
7650 if (IsReference) {
7651 if (!Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
7652 return this->emitGetGlobal(classifyPrim(E), *GlobalIndex, E);
7653 return this->emitGetGlobalUnchecked(classifyPrim(E), *GlobalIndex, E);
7654 }
7655
7656 return this->emitGetPtrGlobal(*GlobalIndex, E);
7657 }
7658
7659 // In case we need to re-visit a declaration.
7660 auto revisit = [&](const VarDecl *VD,
7661 bool IsConstexprUnknown = true) -> bool {
7663 IsConstexprUnknown);
7664 if (!this->emitPushCC(VD->hasConstantInitialization(), E))
7665 return false;
7666 auto VarState = this->visitDecl(VD);
7667
7668 if (!this->emitPopCC(E))
7669 return false;
7670
7671 if (VarState.notCreated())
7672 return true;
7673 if (!VarState)
7674 return false;
7675 // Retry.
7676 return this->visitDeclRef(D, E);
7677 };
7678
7679 if constexpr (!std::is_same_v<Emitter, EvalEmitter>) {
7680 // Lambda captures.
7681 if (auto It = this->LambdaCaptures.find(D);
7682 It != this->LambdaCaptures.end()) {
7683 auto [Offset, IsPtr] = It->second;
7684
7685 if (IsPtr)
7686 return this->emitGetThisFieldPtr(Offset, E);
7687 return this->emitGetPtrThisField(Offset, E);
7688 }
7689 }
7690
7691 if (const auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E);
7692 DRE && DRE->refersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture()) {
7693 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); VD && VD->isInitCapture())
7694 return revisit(VD);
7695 }
7696
7697 if (const auto *BD = dyn_cast<BindingDecl>(D))
7698 return this->visit(BD->getBinding());
7699
7700 // Avoid infinite recursion.
7701 if (D == InitializingDecl)
7702 return this->emitDummyPtr(D, E);
7703
7704 // Try to lazily visit (or emit dummy pointers for) declarations
7705 // we haven't seen yet.
7706 const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
7707 if (!VD)
7708 return this->emitError(E);
7709
7710 // For C.
7711 if (!Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7712 if (VD->getInit() && !VD->getInit()->isValueDependent() &&
7713 DeclType.isConstant(Ctx.getASTContext()) && !VD->isWeak() &&
7714 VD->evaluateValue())
7715 return revisit(VD, /*IsConstexprUnknown=*/false);
7716 return this->emitDummyPtr(D, E);
7717 }
7718
7719 // ... and C++.
7720 const auto typeShouldBeVisited = [&](QualType T) -> bool {
7721 if (T.isConstant(Ctx.getASTContext()))
7722 return true;
7723 return T->isReferenceType();
7724 };
7725
7726 if ((VD->hasGlobalStorage() || VD->isStaticDataMember()) &&
7727 typeShouldBeVisited(DeclType)) {
7728 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getAnyInitializer();
7729 Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) {
7730 // Whether or not the evaluation is successul doesn't really matter
7731 // here -- we will create a global variable in any case, and that
7732 // will have the state of initializer evaluation attached.
7733 APValue V;
7735 (void)Init->EvaluateAsInitializer(V, Ctx.getASTContext(), VD, Notes,
7736 true);
7737 return this->visitDeclRef(D, E);
7738 }
7739 return revisit(VD);
7740 }
7741
7742 // FIXME: The evaluateValue() check here is a little ridiculous, since
7743 // it will ultimately call into Context::evaluateAsInitializer(). In
7744 // other words, we're evaluating the initializer, just to know if we can
7745 // evaluate the initializer.
7746 if (VD->isLocalVarDecl() && typeShouldBeVisited(DeclType) && VD->getInit() &&
7747 !VD->getInit()->isValueDependent()) {
7748 if (VD->evaluateValue()) {
7749 bool IsConstexprUnknown = !DeclType.isConstant(Ctx.getASTContext()) &&
7750 !DeclType->isReferenceType();
7751 // Revisit the variable declaration, but make sure it's associated with a
7752 // different evaluation, so e.g. mutable reads don't work on it.
7753 EvalIDScope _(Ctx);
7754 return revisit(VD, IsConstexprUnknown);
7755 } else if (Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus23 && IsReference)
7756 return revisit(VD, /*IsConstexprUnknown=*/true);
7757
7758 if (IsReference)
7759 return this->emitInvalidDeclRef(cast<DeclRefExpr>(E),
7760 /*InitializerFailed=*/true, E);
7761 }
7762
7763 return this->emitDummyPtr(D, E);
7764}
7765
7766template <class Emitter>
7768 const auto *D = E->getDecl();
7769 return this->visitDeclRef(D, E);
7770}
7771
7772template <class Emitter>
7774 const DesignatedInitUpdateExpr *E) {
7775 assert(E->getType()->isRecordType());
7776 if (!this->visitInitializer(E->getBase()))
7777 return false;
7778 return this->visitInitializer(E->getUpdater());
7779}
7780
7781template <class Emitter> bool Compiler<Emitter>::emitCleanup() {
7782 for (VariableScope<Emitter> *C = VarScope; C; C = C->getParent()) {
7783 if (!C->destroyLocals())
7784 return false;
7785 }
7786 return true;
7787}
7788
7789template <class Emitter>
7790unsigned Compiler<Emitter>::collectBaseOffset(const QualType BaseType,
7791 const QualType DerivedType) {
7792 const auto extractRecordDecl = [](QualType Ty) -> const CXXRecordDecl * {
7793 if (const auto *R = Ty->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl())
7794 return R;
7795 return Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
7796 };
7797 const CXXRecordDecl *BaseDecl = extractRecordDecl(BaseType);
7798 const CXXRecordDecl *DerivedDecl = extractRecordDecl(DerivedType);
7799
7800 return Ctx.collectBaseOffset(BaseDecl, DerivedDecl);
7801}
7802
7803/// Emit casts from a PrimType to another PrimType.
7804template <class Emitter>
7805bool Compiler<Emitter>::emitPrimCast(PrimType FromT, PrimType ToT,
7806 QualType ToQT, const Expr *E) {
7807
7808 if (FromT == PT_Float) {
7809 // Floating to floating.
7810 if (ToT == PT_Float) {
7811 const llvm::fltSemantics *ToSem = &Ctx.getFloatSemantics(ToQT);
7812 return this->emitCastFP(ToSem, getRoundingMode(E), E);
7813 }
7814
7815 if (ToT == PT_IntAP)
7816 return this->emitCastFloatingIntegralAP(Ctx.getBitWidth(ToQT),
7817 getFPOptions(E), E);
7818 if (ToT == PT_IntAPS)
7819 return this->emitCastFloatingIntegralAPS(Ctx.getBitWidth(ToQT),
7820 getFPOptions(E), E);
7821
7822 // Float to integral.
7823 if (isIntegerOrBoolType(ToT) || ToT == PT_Bool)
7824 return this->emitCastFloatingIntegral(ToT, getFPOptions(E), E);
7825 }
7826
7827 if (isIntegerOrBoolType(FromT) || FromT == PT_Bool) {
7828 if (ToT == PT_IntAP)
7829 return this->emitCastAP(FromT, Ctx.getBitWidth(ToQT), E);
7830 if (ToT == PT_IntAPS)
7831 return this->emitCastAPS(FromT, Ctx.getBitWidth(ToQT), E);
7832
7833 // Integral to integral.
7834 if (isIntegerOrBoolType(ToT) || ToT == PT_Bool)
7835 return FromT != ToT ? this->emitCast(FromT, ToT, E) : true;
7836
7837 if (ToT == PT_Float) {
7838 // Integral to floating.
7839 const llvm::fltSemantics *ToSem = &Ctx.getFloatSemantics(ToQT);
7840 return this->emitCastIntegralFloating(FromT, ToSem, getFPOptions(E), E);
7841 }
7842 }
7843
7844 return false;
7845}
7846
7847template <class Emitter>
7848bool Compiler<Emitter>::emitIntegralCast(PrimType FromT, PrimType ToT,
7849 QualType ToQT, const Expr *E) {
7850 assert(FromT != ToT);
7851
7852 if (ToT == PT_IntAP)
7853 return this->emitCastAP(FromT, Ctx.getBitWidth(ToQT), E);
7854 if (ToT == PT_IntAPS)
7855 return this->emitCastAPS(FromT, Ctx.getBitWidth(ToQT), E);
7856
7857 return this->emitCast(FromT, ToT, E);
7858}
7859
7860/// Emits __real(SubExpr)
7861template <class Emitter>
7862bool Compiler<Emitter>::emitComplexReal(const Expr *SubExpr) {
7863 assert(SubExpr->getType()->isAnyComplexType());
7864
7865 if (DiscardResult)
7866 return this->discard(SubExpr);
7867
7868 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
7869 return false;
7870 if (SubExpr->isLValue()) {
7871 if (!this->emitConstUint8(0, SubExpr))
7872 return false;
7873 return this->emitArrayElemPtrPopUint8(SubExpr);
7874 }
7875
7876 // Rvalue, load the actual element.
7877 return this->emitArrayElemPop(classifyComplexElementType(SubExpr->getType()),
7878 0, SubExpr);
7879}
7880
7881template <class Emitter>
7882bool Compiler<Emitter>::emitComplexBoolCast(const Expr *E) {
7883 assert(!DiscardResult);
7884 PrimType ElemT = classifyComplexElementType(E->getType());
7885 // We emit the expression (__real(E) != 0 || __imag(E) != 0)
7886 // for us, that means (bool)E[0] || (bool)E[1]
7887 if (!this->emitArrayElem(ElemT, 0, E))
7888 return false;
7889 if (ElemT == PT_Float) {
7890 if (!this->emitCastFloatingIntegral(PT_Bool, getFPOptions(E), E))
7891 return false;
7892 } else {
7893 if (!this->emitCast(ElemT, PT_Bool, E))
7894 return false;
7895 }
7896
7897 // We now have the bool value of E[0] on the stack.
7898 LabelTy LabelTrue = this->getLabel();
7899 if (!this->jumpTrue(LabelTrue, E))
7900 return false;
7901
7902 if (!this->emitArrayElemPop(ElemT, 1, E))
7903 return false;
7904 if (ElemT == PT_Float) {
7905 if (!this->emitCastFloatingIntegral(PT_Bool, getFPOptions(E), E))
7906 return false;
7907 } else {
7908 if (!this->emitCast(ElemT, PT_Bool, E))
7909 return false;
7910 }
7911 // Leave the boolean value of E[1] on the stack.
7912 LabelTy EndLabel = this->getLabel();
7913 this->jump(EndLabel, E);
7914
7915 this->emitLabel(LabelTrue);
7916 if (!this->emitPopPtr(E))
7917 return false;
7918 if (!this->emitConstBool(true, E))
7919 return false;
7920
7921 this->fallthrough(EndLabel);
7922 this->emitLabel(EndLabel);
7923
7924 return true;
7925}
7926
7927template <class Emitter>
7928bool Compiler<Emitter>::emitComplexComparison(const Expr *LHS, const Expr *RHS,
7929 const BinaryOperator *E) {
7930 assert(E->isComparisonOp());
7931 assert(!Initializing);
7932 if (DiscardResult)
7933 return this->discard(LHS) && this->discard(RHS);
7934
7935 PrimType ElemT;
7936 bool LHSIsComplex;
7937 unsigned LHSOffset;
7938 if (LHS->getType()->isAnyComplexType()) {
7939 LHSIsComplex = true;
7940 ElemT = classifyComplexElementType(LHS->getType());
7941 LHSOffset = allocateLocalPrimitive(LHS, PT_Ptr, /*IsConst=*/true);
7942 if (!this->visit(LHS))
7943 return false;
7944 if (!this->emitSetLocal(PT_Ptr, LHSOffset, E))
7945 return false;
7946 } else {
7947 LHSIsComplex = false;
7948 PrimType LHST = classifyPrim(LHS->getType());
7949 LHSOffset = this->allocateLocalPrimitive(LHS, LHST, /*IsConst=*/true);
7950 if (!this->visit(LHS))
7951 return false;
7952 if (!this->emitSetLocal(LHST, LHSOffset, E))
7953 return false;
7954 }
7955
7956 bool RHSIsComplex;
7957 unsigned RHSOffset;
7958 if (RHS->getType()->isAnyComplexType()) {
7959 RHSIsComplex = true;
7960 ElemT = classifyComplexElementType(RHS->getType());
7961 RHSOffset = allocateLocalPrimitive(RHS, PT_Ptr, /*IsConst=*/true);
7962 if (!this->visit(RHS))
7963 return false;
7964 if (!this->emitSetLocal(PT_Ptr, RHSOffset, E))
7965 return false;
7966 } else {
7967 RHSIsComplex = false;
7968 PrimType RHST = classifyPrim(RHS->getType());
7969 RHSOffset = this->allocateLocalPrimitive(RHS, RHST, /*IsConst=*/true);
7970 if (!this->visit(RHS))
7971 return false;
7972 if (!this->emitSetLocal(RHST, RHSOffset, E))
7973 return false;
7974 }
7975
7976 auto getElem = [&](unsigned LocalOffset, unsigned Index,
7977 bool IsComplex) -> bool {
7978 if (IsComplex) {
7979 if (!this->emitGetLocal(PT_Ptr, LocalOffset, E))
7980 return false;
7981 return this->emitArrayElemPop(ElemT, Index, E);
7982 }
7983 return this->emitGetLocal(ElemT, LocalOffset, E);
7984 };
7985
7986 for (unsigned I = 0; I != 2; ++I) {
7987 // Get both values.
7988 if (!getElem(LHSOffset, I, LHSIsComplex))
7989 return false;
7990 if (!getElem(RHSOffset, I, RHSIsComplex))
7991 return false;
7992 // And compare them.
7993 if (!this->emitEQ(ElemT, E))
7994 return false;
7995
7996 if (!this->emitCastBoolUint8(E))
7997 return false;
7998 }
7999
8000 // We now have two bool values on the stack. Compare those.
8001 if (!this->emitAddUint8(E))
8002 return false;
8003 if (!this->emitConstUint8(2, E))
8004 return false;
8005
8006 if (E->getOpcode() == BO_EQ) {
8007 if (!this->emitEQUint8(E))
8008 return false;
8009 } else if (E->getOpcode() == BO_NE) {
8010 if (!this->emitNEUint8(E))
8011 return false;
8012 } else
8013 return false;
8014
8015 // In C, this returns an int.
8016 if (PrimType ResT = classifyPrim(E->getType()); ResT != PT_Bool)
8017 return this->emitCast(PT_Bool, ResT, E);
8018 return true;
8019}
8020
8021/// When calling this, we have a pointer of the local-to-destroy
8022/// on the stack.
8023/// Emit destruction of record types (or arrays of record types).
8024template <class Emitter>
8025bool Compiler<Emitter>::emitRecordDestructionPop(const Record *R,
8026 SourceInfo Loc) {
8027 assert(R);
8028 assert(!R->hasTrivialDtor());
8029 const CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = R->getDestructor();
8030 assert(Dtor);
8031 const Function *DtorFunc = getFunction(Dtor);
8032 if (!DtorFunc)
8033 return false;
8034 assert(DtorFunc->hasThisPointer());
8035 assert(DtorFunc->getNumParams() == 1);
8036 return this->emitCall(DtorFunc, 0, Loc);
8037}
8038/// When calling this, we have a pointer of the local-to-destroy
8039/// on the stack.
8040/// Emit destruction of record types (or arrays of record types).
8041template <class Emitter>
8042bool Compiler<Emitter>::emitDestructionPop(const Descriptor *Desc,
8043 SourceInfo Loc) {
8044 assert(Desc);
8045 assert(!Desc->hasTrivialDtor());
8046
8047 // Arrays.
8048 if (Desc->isArray()) {
8049 const Descriptor *ElemDesc = Desc->ElemDesc;
8050 assert(ElemDesc);
8051
8052 unsigned N = Desc->getNumElems();
8053 if (N == 0)
8054 return this->emitPopPtr(Loc);
8055
8056 for (ssize_t I = N - 1; I >= 1; --I) {
8057 if (!this->emitConstUint64(I, Loc))
8058 return false;
8059 if (!this->emitArrayElemPtrUint64(Loc))
8060 return false;
8061 if (!this->emitDestructionPop(ElemDesc, Loc))
8062 return false;
8063 }
8064 // Last iteration, removes the instance pointer from the stack.
8065 if (!this->emitConstUint64(0, Loc))
8066 return false;
8067 if (!this->emitArrayElemPtrPopUint64(Loc))
8068 return false;
8069 return this->emitDestructionPop(ElemDesc, Loc);
8070 }
8071
8072 assert(Desc->ElemRecord);
8073 assert(!Desc->ElemRecord->hasTrivialDtor());
8074 return this->emitRecordDestructionPop(Desc->ElemRecord, Loc);
8075}
8076
8077/// Create a dummy pointer for the given decl (or expr) and
8078/// push a pointer to it on the stack.
8079template <class Emitter>
8080bool Compiler<Emitter>::emitDummyPtr(const DeclTy &D, const Expr *E) {
8081 assert(!DiscardResult && "Should've been checked before");
8082 unsigned DummyID = P.getOrCreateDummy(D);
8083
8084 if (!this->emitGetPtrGlobal(DummyID, E))
8085 return false;
8086 if (E->getType()->isVoidType())
8087 return true;
8088
8089 // Convert the dummy pointer to another pointer type if we have to.
8090 if (PrimType PT = classifyPrim(E); PT != PT_Ptr) {
8091 if (isPtrType(PT))
8092 return this->emitDecayPtr(PT_Ptr, PT, E);
8093 return false;
8094 }
8095 return true;
8096}
8097
8098template <class Emitter>
8099bool Compiler<Emitter>::emitFloat(const APFloat &F, const Expr *E) {
8100 if (Floating::singleWord(F.getSemantics()))
8101 return this->emitConstFloat(Floating(F), E);
8102
8103 APInt I = F.bitcastToAPInt();
8104 return this->emitConstFloat(
8105 Floating(const_cast<uint64_t *>(I.getRawData()),
8106 llvm::APFloatBase::SemanticsToEnum(F.getSemantics())),
8107 E);
8108}
8109
8110// This function is constexpr if and only if To, From, and the types of
8111// all subobjects of To and From are types T such that...
8112// (3.1) - is_union_v<T> is false;
8113// (3.2) - is_pointer_v<T> is false;
8114// (3.3) - is_member_pointer_v<T> is false;
8115// (3.4) - is_volatile_v<T> is false; and
8116// (3.5) - T has no non-static data members of reference type
8117template <class Emitter>
8118bool Compiler<Emitter>::emitBuiltinBitCast(const CastExpr *E) {
8119 const Expr *SubExpr = E->getSubExpr();
8120 QualType FromType = SubExpr->getType();
8121 QualType ToType = E->getType();
8122 OptPrimType ToT = classify(ToType);
8123
8124 assert(!ToType->isReferenceType());
8125
8126 // Prepare storage for the result in case we discard.
8127 if (DiscardResult && !Initializing && !ToT) {
8128 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateLocal(E);
8129 if (!LocalIndex)
8130 return false;
8131 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
8132 return false;
8133 }
8134
8135 // Get a pointer to the value-to-cast on the stack.
8136 // For CK_LValueToRValueBitCast, this is always an lvalue and
8137 // we later assume it to be one (i.e. a PT_Ptr). However,
8138 // we call this function for other utility methods where
8139 // a bitcast might be useful, so convert it to a PT_Ptr in that case.
8140 if (SubExpr->isGLValue() || FromType->isVectorType()) {
8141 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
8142 return false;
8143 } else if (OptPrimType FromT = classify(SubExpr)) {
8144 unsigned TempOffset =
8145 allocateLocalPrimitive(SubExpr, *FromT, /*IsConst=*/true);
8146 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
8147 return false;
8148 if (!this->emitSetLocal(*FromT, TempOffset, E))
8149 return false;
8150 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(TempOffset, E))
8151 return false;
8152 } else {
8153 return false;
8154 }
8155
8156 if (!ToT) {
8157 if (!this->emitBitCast(E))
8158 return false;
8159 return DiscardResult ? this->emitPopPtr(E) : true;
8160 }
8161 assert(ToT);
8162
8163 const llvm::fltSemantics *TargetSemantics = nullptr;
8164 if (ToT == PT_Float)
8165 TargetSemantics = &Ctx.getFloatSemantics(ToType);
8166
8167 // Conversion to a primitive type. FromType can be another
8168 // primitive type, or a record/array.
8169 bool ToTypeIsUChar = (ToType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::UChar) ||
8170 ToType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U));
8171 uint32_t ResultBitWidth = std::max(Ctx.getBitWidth(ToType), 8u);
8172
8173 if (!this->emitBitCastPrim(*ToT, ToTypeIsUChar || ToType->isStdByteType(),
8174 ResultBitWidth, TargetSemantics,
8175 ToType.getTypePtr(), E))
8176 return false;
8177
8178 if (DiscardResult)
8179 return this->emitPop(*ToT, E);
8180
8181 return true;
8182}
8183
8184/// Replicate a scalar value into every scalar element of an aggregate.
8185/// The scalar is stored in a local at \p SrcOffset and a pointer to the
8186/// destination must be on top of the interpreter stack. Each element receives
8187/// the scalar, cast to its own type.
8188template <class Emitter>
8189bool Compiler<Emitter>::emitHLSLAggregateSplat(PrimType SrcT,
8190 unsigned SrcOffset,
8191 QualType DestType,
8192 const Expr *E) {
8193 // Vectors and matrices are treated as flat sequences of elements.
8194 unsigned NumElems = 0;
8195 QualType ElemType;
8196 if (const auto *VT = DestType->getAs<VectorType>()) {
8197 NumElems = VT->getNumElements();
8198 ElemType = VT->getElementType();
8199 } else if (const auto *MT = DestType->getAs<ConstantMatrixType>()) {
8200 NumElems = MT->getNumElementsFlattened();
8201 ElemType = MT->getElementType();
8202 }
8203 if (NumElems > 0) {
8204 PrimType ElemT = classifyPrim(ElemType);
8205 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumElems; ++I) {
8206 if (!this->emitGetLocal(SrcT, SrcOffset, E))
8207 return false;
8208 if (!this->emitPrimCast(SrcT, ElemT, ElemType, E))
8209 return false;
8210 if (!this->emitInitElem(ElemT, I, E))
8211 return false;
8212 }
8213 return true;
8214 }
8215
8216 // Arrays: primitive elements are filled directly; composite elements
8217 // require recursion into each sub-aggregate.
8218 if (const auto *AT = DestType->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) {
8219 const auto *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT);
8220 QualType ArrElemType = CAT->getElementType();
8221 unsigned ArrSize = CAT->getZExtSize();
8222
8223 if (OptPrimType ElemT = classify(ArrElemType)) {
8224 for (unsigned I = 0; I != ArrSize; ++I) {
8225 if (!this->emitGetLocal(SrcT, SrcOffset, E))
8226 return false;
8227 if (!this->emitPrimCast(SrcT, *ElemT, ArrElemType, E))
8228 return false;
8229 if (!this->emitInitElem(*ElemT, I, E))
8230 return false;
8231 }
8232 } else {
8233 for (unsigned I = 0; I != ArrSize; ++I) {
8234 if (!this->emitConstUint32(I, E))
8235 return false;
8236 if (!this->emitArrayElemPtrUint32(E))
8237 return false;
8238 if (!emitHLSLAggregateSplat(SrcT, SrcOffset, ArrElemType, E))
8239 return false;
8240 if (!this->emitFinishInitPop(E))
8241 return false;
8242 }
8243 }
8244 return true;
8245 }
8246
8247 // Records: fill base classes first, then named fields in declaration
8248 // order.
8249 if (DestType->isRecordType()) {
8250 const Record *R = getRecord(DestType);
8251 if (!R)
8252 return false;
8253
8254 if (const auto *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(R->getDecl())) {
8255 for (const CXXBaseSpecifier &BS : CXXRD->bases()) {
8256 const Record::Base *B = R->getBase(BS.getType());
8257 assert(B);
8258 if (!this->emitGetPtrBase(B->Offset, E))
8259 return false;
8260 if (!emitHLSLAggregateSplat(SrcT, SrcOffset, BS.getType(), E))
8261 return false;
8262 if (!this->emitFinishInitPop(E))
8263 return false;
8264 }
8265 }
8266
8267 for (const Record::Field &F : R->fields()) {
8268 if (F.isUnnamedBitField())
8269 continue;
8270
8271 QualType FieldType = F.Decl->getType();
8272 if (OptPrimType FieldT = classify(FieldType)) {
8273 if (!this->emitGetLocal(SrcT, SrcOffset, E))
8274 return false;
8275 if (!this->emitPrimCast(SrcT, *FieldT, FieldType, E))
8276 return false;
8277 if (F.isBitField()) {
8278 if (!this->emitInitBitField(*FieldT, F.Offset, F.bitWidth(), E))
8279 return false;
8280 } else {
8281 if (!this->emitInitField(*FieldT, F.Offset, E))
8282 return false;
8283 }
8284 } else {
8285 if (!this->emitGetPtrField(F.Offset, E))
8286 return false;
8287 if (!emitHLSLAggregateSplat(SrcT, SrcOffset, FieldType, E))
8288 return false;
8289 if (!this->emitPopPtr(E))
8290 return false;
8291 }
8292 }
8293 return true;
8294 }
8295
8296 return false;
8297}
8298
8299/// Return the total number of scalar elements in a type. This is used
8300/// to cap how many source elements are extracted during an elementwise cast,
8301/// so we never flatten more than the destination can hold.
8302template <class Emitter>
8303unsigned Compiler<Emitter>::countHLSLFlatElements(QualType Ty) {
8304 // Vector and matrix types are treated as flat sequences of elements.
8305 if (const auto *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>())
8306 return VT->getNumElements();
8307 if (const auto *MT = Ty->getAs<ConstantMatrixType>())
8308 return MT->getNumElementsFlattened();
8309 // Arrays: total count is array size * scalar elements per element.
8310 if (const auto *AT = Ty->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) {
8311 const auto *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT);
8312 return CAT->getZExtSize() * countHLSLFlatElements(CAT->getElementType());
8313 }
8314 // Records: sum scalar element counts of base classes and named fields.
8315 if (Ty->isRecordType()) {
8316 const Record *R = getRecord(Ty);
8317 if (!R)
8318 return 0;
8319 unsigned Count = 0;
8320 if (const auto *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(R->getDecl())) {
8321 for (const CXXBaseSpecifier &BS : CXXRD->bases())
8322 Count += countHLSLFlatElements(BS.getType());
8323 }
8324 for (const Record::Field &F : R->fields()) {
8325 if (F.isUnnamedBitField())
8326 continue;
8327 Count += countHLSLFlatElements(F.Decl->getType());
8328 }
8329 return Count;
8330 }
8331 // Scalar primitive types contribute one element.
8332 if (canClassify(Ty))
8333 return 1;
8334 return 0;
8335}
8336
8337/// Walk a source aggregate and extract every scalar element into its own local
8338/// variable. The results are appended to \p Elements in declaration order,
8339/// stopping once \p MaxElements have been collected. A pointer to the
8340/// source aggregate must be stored in the local at \p SrcOffset.
8341template <class Emitter>
8342bool Compiler<Emitter>::emitHLSLFlattenAggregate(
8343 QualType SrcType, unsigned SrcOffset,
8344 SmallVectorImpl<HLSLFlatElement> &Elements, unsigned MaxElements,
8345 const Expr *E) {
8346
8347 // Save a scalar value from the stack into a new local and record it.
8348 auto saveToLocal = [&](PrimType T) -> bool {
8349 unsigned Offset = allocateLocalPrimitive(E, T, /*IsConst=*/true);
8350 if (!this->emitSetLocal(T, Offset, E))
8351 return false;
8352 Elements.push_back({Offset, T});
8353 return true;
8354 };
8355
8356 // Save a pointer from the stack into a new local for later use.
8357 auto savePtrToLocal = [&]() -> UnsignedOrNone {
8358 unsigned Offset = allocateLocalPrimitive(E, PT_Ptr, /*IsConst=*/true);
8359 if (!this->emitSetLocal(PT_Ptr, Offset, E))
8360 return std::nullopt;
8361 return Offset;
8362 };
8363
8364 // Vectors and matrices are flat sequences of elements.
8365 unsigned NumElems = 0;
8366 QualType ElemType;
8367 if (const auto *VT = SrcType->getAs<VectorType>()) {
8368 NumElems = VT->getNumElements();
8369 ElemType = VT->getElementType();
8370 } else if (const auto *MT = SrcType->getAs<ConstantMatrixType>()) {
8371 NumElems = MT->getNumElementsFlattened();
8372 ElemType = MT->getElementType();
8373 }
8374 if (NumElems > 0) {
8375 PrimType ElemT = classifyPrim(ElemType);
8376 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumElems && Elements.size() < MaxElements; ++I) {
8377 if (!this->emitGetLocal(PT_Ptr, SrcOffset, E))
8378 return false;
8379 if (!this->emitArrayElemPop(ElemT, I, E))
8380 return false;
8381 if (!saveToLocal(ElemT))
8382 return false;
8383 }
8384 return true;
8385 }
8386
8387 // Arrays: primitive elements are extracted directly; composite elements
8388 // require recursion into each sub-aggregate.
8389 if (const auto *AT = SrcType->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) {
8390 const auto *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT);
8391 QualType ArrElemType = CAT->getElementType();
8392 unsigned ArrSize = CAT->getZExtSize();
8393
8394 if (OptPrimType ElemT = classify(ArrElemType)) {
8395 for (unsigned I = 0; I != ArrSize && Elements.size() < MaxElements; ++I) {
8396 if (!this->emitGetLocal(PT_Ptr, SrcOffset, E))
8397 return false;
8398 if (!this->emitArrayElemPop(*ElemT, I, E))
8399 return false;
8400 if (!saveToLocal(*ElemT))
8401 return false;
8402 }
8403 } else {
8404 for (unsigned I = 0; I != ArrSize && Elements.size() < MaxElements; ++I) {
8405 if (!this->emitGetLocal(PT_Ptr, SrcOffset, E))
8406 return false;
8407 if (!this->emitConstUint32(I, E))
8408 return false;
8409 if (!this->emitArrayElemPtrPopUint32(E))
8410 return false;
8411 UnsignedOrNone ElemPtrOffset = savePtrToLocal();
8412 if (!ElemPtrOffset)
8413 return false;
8414 if (!emitHLSLFlattenAggregate(ArrElemType, *ElemPtrOffset, Elements,
8415 MaxElements, E))
8416 return false;
8417 }
8418 }
8419 return true;
8420 }
8421
8422 // Records: base classes come first, then named fields in declaration
8423 // order.
8424 if (SrcType->isRecordType()) {
8425 const Record *R = getRecord(SrcType);
8426 if (!R)
8427 return false;
8428
8429 if (const auto *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(R->getDecl())) {
8430 for (const CXXBaseSpecifier &BS : CXXRD->bases()) {
8431 if (Elements.size() >= MaxElements)
8432 break;
8433 const Record::Base *B = R->getBase(BS.getType());
8434 assert(B);
8435 if (!this->emitGetLocal(PT_Ptr, SrcOffset, E))
8436 return false;
8437 if (!this->emitGetPtrBasePop(B->Offset, /*NullOK=*/false, E))
8438 return false;
8439 UnsignedOrNone BasePtrOffset = savePtrToLocal();
8440 if (!BasePtrOffset)
8441 return false;
8442 if (!emitHLSLFlattenAggregate(BS.getType(), *BasePtrOffset, Elements,
8443 MaxElements, E))
8444 return false;
8445 }
8446 }
8447
8448 for (const Record::Field &F : R->fields()) {
8449 if (Elements.size() >= MaxElements)
8450 break;
8451 if (F.isUnnamedBitField())
8452 continue;
8453
8454 QualType FieldType = F.Decl->getType();
8455 if (!this->emitGetLocal(PT_Ptr, SrcOffset, E))
8456 return false;
8457 if (!this->emitGetPtrFieldPop(F.Offset, E))
8458 return false;
8459
8460 if (OptPrimType FieldT = classify(FieldType)) {
8461 if (!this->emitLoadPop(*FieldT, E))
8462 return false;
8463 if (!saveToLocal(*FieldT))
8464 return false;
8465 } else {
8466 UnsignedOrNone FieldPtrOffset = savePtrToLocal();
8467 if (!FieldPtrOffset)
8468 return false;
8469 if (!emitHLSLFlattenAggregate(FieldType, *FieldPtrOffset, Elements,
8470 MaxElements, E))
8471 return false;
8472 }
8473 }
8474 return true;
8475 }
8476
8477 return false;
8478}
8479
8480/// Populate an HLSL aggregate from a flat list of previously extracted source
8481/// elements, casting each to the corresponding destination element type.
8482/// \p ElemIdx tracks the current position in \p Elements and is advanced as
8483/// elements are consumed. A pointer to the destination must be on top of the
8484/// interpreter stack.
8485template <class Emitter>
8486bool Compiler<Emitter>::emitHLSLConstructAggregate(
8487 QualType DestType, ArrayRef<HLSLFlatElement> Elements, unsigned &ElemIdx,
8488 const Expr *E) {
8489
8490 // Consume the next source element, cast it, and leave it on the stack.
8491 auto loadAndCast = [&](PrimType DestT, QualType DestQT) -> bool {
8492 const auto &Src = Elements[ElemIdx++];
8493 if (!this->emitGetLocal(Src.Type, Src.LocalOffset, E))
8494 return false;
8495 return this->emitPrimCast(Src.Type, DestT, DestQT, E);
8496 };
8497
8498 // Vectors and matrices are flat sequences of elements.
8499 unsigned NumElems = 0;
8500 QualType ElemType;
8501 if (const auto *VT = DestType->getAs<VectorType>()) {
8502 NumElems = VT->getNumElements();
8503 ElemType = VT->getElementType();
8504 } else if (const auto *MT = DestType->getAs<ConstantMatrixType>()) {
8505 NumElems = MT->getNumElementsFlattened();
8506 ElemType = MT->getElementType();
8507 }
8508 if (NumElems > 0) {
8509 PrimType DestElemT = classifyPrim(ElemType);
8510 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumElems; ++I) {
8511 if (!loadAndCast(DestElemT, ElemType))
8512 return false;
8513 if (!this->emitInitElem(DestElemT, I, E))
8514 return false;
8515 }
8516 return true;
8517 }
8518
8519 // Arrays: primitive elements are filled directly; composite elements
8520 // require recursion into each sub-aggregate.
8521 if (const auto *AT = DestType->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) {
8522 const auto *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT);
8523 QualType ArrElemType = CAT->getElementType();
8524 unsigned ArrSize = CAT->getZExtSize();
8525
8526 if (OptPrimType ElemT = classify(ArrElemType)) {
8527 for (unsigned I = 0; I != ArrSize; ++I) {
8528 if (!loadAndCast(*ElemT, ArrElemType))
8529 return false;
8530 if (!this->emitInitElem(*ElemT, I, E))
8531 return false;
8532 }
8533 } else {
8534 for (unsigned I = 0; I != ArrSize; ++I) {
8535 if (!this->emitConstUint32(I, E))
8536 return false;
8537 if (!this->emitArrayElemPtrUint32(E))
8538 return false;
8539 if (!emitHLSLConstructAggregate(ArrElemType, Elements, ElemIdx, E))
8540 return false;
8541 if (!this->emitFinishInitPop(E))
8542 return false;
8543 }
8544 }
8545 return true;
8546 }
8547
8548 // Records: base classes come first, then named fields in declaration
8549 // order.
8550 if (DestType->isRecordType()) {
8551 const Record *R = getRecord(DestType);
8552 if (!R)
8553 return false;
8554
8555 if (const auto *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(R->getDecl())) {
8556 for (const CXXBaseSpecifier &BS : CXXRD->bases()) {
8557 const Record::Base *B = R->getBase(BS.getType());
8558 assert(B);
8559 if (!this->emitGetPtrBase(B->Offset, E))
8560 return false;
8561 if (!emitHLSLConstructAggregate(BS.getType(), Elements, ElemIdx, E))
8562 return false;
8563 if (!this->emitFinishInitPop(E))
8564 return false;
8565 }
8566 }
8567
8568 for (const Record::Field &F : R->fields()) {
8569 if (F.isUnnamedBitField())
8570 continue;
8571
8572 QualType FieldType = F.Decl->getType();
8573 if (OptPrimType FieldT = classify(FieldType)) {
8574 if (!loadAndCast(*FieldT, FieldType))
8575 return false;
8576 if (F.isBitField()) {
8577 if (!this->emitInitBitField(*FieldT, F.Offset, F.bitWidth(), E))
8578 return false;
8579 } else {
8580 if (!this->emitInitField(*FieldT, F.Offset, E))
8581 return false;
8582 }
8583 } else {
8584 if (!this->emitGetPtrField(F.Offset, E))
8585 return false;
8586 if (!emitHLSLConstructAggregate(FieldType, Elements, ElemIdx, E))
8587 return false;
8588 if (!this->emitPopPtr(E))
8589 return false;
8590 }
8591 }
8592 return true;
8593 }
8594
8595 return false;
8596}
8597
8598namespace clang {
8599namespace interp {
8600
8601template class Compiler<ByteCodeEmitter>;
8602template class Compiler<EvalEmitter>;
8603
8604} // namespace interp
8605} // namespace clang
#define V(N, I)
static void emit(Program &P, llvm::SmallVectorImpl< std::byte > &Code, const T &Val, bool &Success)
Helper to write bytecode and bail out if 32-bit offsets become invalid.
static void emitCleanup(CIRGenFunction &cgf, cir::CleanupScopeOp cleanupScope, EHScopeStack::Cleanup *cleanup, EHScopeStack::Cleanup::Flags flags, Address activeFlag)
static uint32_t getBitWidth(const Expr *E)
#define EMIT_ARITH_OP(OP)
static CharUnits AlignOfType(QualType T, const ASTContext &ASTCtx, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait Kind)
static const Expr * stripDerivedToBaseCasts(const Expr *E)
static const Expr * stripCheckedDerivedToBaseCasts(const Expr *E)
static bool hasTrivialDefaultCtorParent(const FieldDecl *FD)
static bool initNeedsOverridenLoc(const CXXCtorInitializer *Init)
llvm::APSInt APSInt
Definition Compiler.cpp:24
Result
Implement __builtin_bit_cast and related operations.
a trap message and trap category.
llvm::APInt getValue() const
APValue - This class implements a discriminated union of [uninitialized] [APSInt] [APFloat],...
Definition APValue.h:122
const LValueBase getLValueBase() const
Definition APValue.cpp:1015
APValue & getArrayInitializedElt(unsigned I)
Definition APValue.h:626
ArrayRef< LValuePathEntry > getLValuePath() const
Definition APValue.cpp:1035
APSInt & getInt()
Definition APValue.h:508
APValue & getStructField(unsigned i)
Definition APValue.h:667
const FieldDecl * getUnionField() const
Definition APValue.h:679
unsigned getStructNumFields() const
Definition APValue.h:658
bool isArray() const
Definition APValue.h:493
bool isMemberPointerToDerivedMember() const
Definition APValue.cpp:1105
bool isFloat() const
Definition APValue.h:486
unsigned getStructNumBases() const
Definition APValue.h:654
const ValueDecl * getMemberPointerDecl() const
Definition APValue.cpp:1098
APValue & getUnionValue()
Definition APValue.h:683
bool isLValue() const
Definition APValue.h:490
ArrayRef< const CXXRecordDecl * > getMemberPointerPath() const
Definition APValue.cpp:1112
bool isMemberPointer() const
Definition APValue.h:496
bool isInt() const
Definition APValue.h:485
unsigned getArraySize() const
Definition APValue.h:649
bool isUnion() const
Definition APValue.h:495
@ None
There is no such object (it's outside its lifetime).
Definition APValue.h:129
bool isStruct() const
Definition APValue.h:494
bool isNullPointer() const
Definition APValue.cpp:1051
APFloat & getFloat()
Definition APValue.h:522
APValue & getStructBase(unsigned i)
Definition APValue.h:662
Holds long-lived AST nodes (such as types and decls) that can be referred to throughout the semantic ...
Definition ASTContext.h:227
CharUnits getTypeAlignInChars(QualType T) const
Return the ABI-specified alignment of a (complete) type T, in characters.
unsigned getPreferredTypeAlign(QualType T) const
Return the "preferred" alignment of the specified type T for the current target, in bits.
const LangOptions & getLangOpts() const
Definition ASTContext.h:959
unsigned getOpenMPDefaultSimdAlign(QualType T) const
Get default simd alignment of the specified complete type in bits.
TypeInfoChars getTypeInfoDataSizeInChars(QualType T) const
CharUnits getDeclAlign(const Decl *D, bool ForAlignof=false) const
Return a conservative estimate of the alignment of the specified decl D.
llvm::FixedPointSemantics getFixedPointSemantics(QualType Ty) const
CharUnits getTypeSizeInChars(QualType T) const
Return the size of the specified (complete) type T, in characters.
const VariableArrayType * getAsVariableArrayType(QualType T) const
CharUnits toCharUnitsFromBits(int64_t BitSize) const
Convert a size in bits to a size in characters.
AbstractConditionalOperator - An abstract base class for ConditionalOperator and BinaryConditionalOpe...
Definition Expr.h:4356
Expr * getCond() const
getCond - Return the expression representing the condition for the ?
Definition Expr.h:4534
Expr * getTrueExpr() const
getTrueExpr - Return the subexpression representing the value of the expression if the condition eval...
Definition Expr.h:4540
Expr * getFalseExpr() const
getFalseExpr - Return the subexpression representing the value of the expression if the condition eva...
Definition Expr.h:4546
AddrLabelExpr - The GNU address of label extension, representing &&label.
Definition Expr.h:4553
Represents the index of the current element of an array being initialized by an ArrayInitLoopExpr.
Definition Expr.h:6021
Represents a loop initializing the elements of an array.
Definition Expr.h:5968
llvm::APInt getArraySize() const
Definition Expr.h:5990
OpaqueValueExpr * getCommonExpr() const
Get the common subexpression shared by all initializations (the source array).
Definition Expr.h:5983
Expr * getSubExpr() const
Get the initializer to use for each array element.
Definition Expr.h:5988
ArraySubscriptExpr - [C99 6.5.2.1] Array Subscripting.
Definition Expr.h:2724
Expr * getLHS()
An array access can be written A[4] or 4[A] (both are equivalent).
Definition Expr.h:2753
An Embarcadero array type trait, as used in the implementation of __array_rank and __array_extent.
Definition ExprCXX.h:3000
uint64_t getValue() const
Definition ExprCXX.h:3048
Represents an array type, per C99 6.7.5.2 - Array Declarators.
Definition TypeBase.h:3784
QualType getElementType() const
Definition TypeBase.h:3796
Attr - This represents one attribute.
Definition Attr.h:46
Represents an attribute applied to a statement.
Definition Stmt.h:2213
Stmt * getSubStmt()
Definition Stmt.h:2249
ArrayRef< const Attr * > getAttrs() const
Definition Stmt.h:2245
Represents a C++ declaration that introduces decls from somewhere else.
Definition DeclCXX.h:3501
A builtin binary operation expression such as "x + y" or "x <= y".
Definition Expr.h:4041
static bool isLogicalOp(Opcode Opc)
Definition Expr.h:4174
Expr * getLHS() const
Definition Expr.h:4091
static bool isComparisonOp(Opcode Opc)
Definition Expr.h:4141
static bool isShiftOp(Opcode Opc)
Definition Expr.h:4129
static bool isCommaOp(Opcode Opc)
Definition Expr.h:4144
static Opcode getOpForCompoundAssignment(Opcode Opc)
Definition Expr.h:4188
Expr * getRHS() const
Definition Expr.h:4093
static bool isPtrMemOp(Opcode Opc)
predicates to categorize the respective opcodes.
Definition Expr.h:4118
static bool isAssignmentOp(Opcode Opc)
Definition Expr.h:4177
static bool isCompoundAssignmentOp(Opcode Opc)
Definition Expr.h:4182
Opcode getOpcode() const
Definition Expr.h:4086
static bool isBitwiseOp(Opcode Opc)
Definition Expr.h:4132
BlockExpr - Adaptor class for mixing a BlockDecl with expressions.
Definition Expr.h:6672
BreakStmt - This represents a break.
Definition Stmt.h:3145
Represents a C++2a __builtin_bit_cast(T, v) expression.
Definition ExprCXX.h:5472
Represents a base class of a C++ class.
Definition DeclCXX.h:146
Represents binding an expression to a temporary.
Definition ExprCXX.h:1497
const Expr * getSubExpr() const
Definition ExprCXX.h:1519
A boolean literal, per ([C++ lex.bool] Boolean literals).
Definition ExprCXX.h:727
bool getValue() const
Definition ExprCXX.h:744
Represents a call to a C++ constructor.
Definition ExprCXX.h:1552
bool isElidable() const
Whether this construction is elidable.
Definition ExprCXX.h:1621
Expr * getArg(unsigned Arg)
Return the specified argument.
Definition ExprCXX.h:1695
arg_range arguments()
Definition ExprCXX.h:1676
bool requiresZeroInitialization() const
Whether this construction first requires zero-initialization before the initializer is called.
Definition ExprCXX.h:1654
CXXConstructorDecl * getConstructor() const
Get the constructor that this expression will (ultimately) call.
Definition ExprCXX.h:1615
unsigned getNumArgs() const
Return the number of arguments to the constructor call.
Definition ExprCXX.h:1692
Represents a C++ constructor within a class.
Definition DeclCXX.h:2620
bool isCopyOrMoveConstructor(unsigned &TypeQuals) const
Determine whether this is a copy or move constructor.
Definition DeclCXX.cpp:3071
Represents a C++ base or member initializer.
Definition DeclCXX.h:2385
A default argument (C++ [dcl.fct.default]).
Definition ExprCXX.h:1274
A use of a default initializer in a constructor or in aggregate initialization.
Definition ExprCXX.h:1381
Expr * getExpr()
Get the initialization expression that will be used.
Definition ExprCXX.cpp:1112
Represents a delete expression for memory deallocation and destructor calls, e.g.
Definition ExprCXX.h:2630
FunctionDecl * getOperatorDelete() const
Definition ExprCXX.h:2669
bool isArrayForm() const
Definition ExprCXX.h:2656
bool isGlobalDelete() const
Definition ExprCXX.h:2655
Represents a C++ destructor within a class.
Definition DeclCXX.h:2882
A C++ dynamic_cast expression (C++ [expr.dynamic.cast]).
Definition ExprCXX.h:485
CXXForRangeStmt - This represents C++0x [stmt.ranged]'s ranged for statement, represented as 'for (ra...
Definition StmtCXX.h:135
DeclStmt * getBeginStmt()
Definition StmtCXX.h:163
DeclStmt * getLoopVarStmt()
Definition StmtCXX.h:169
DeclStmt * getEndStmt()
Definition StmtCXX.h:166
DeclStmt * getRangeStmt()
Definition StmtCXX.h:162
Represents a call to an inherited base class constructor from an inheriting constructor.
Definition ExprCXX.h:1755
CXXConstructorDecl * getConstructor() const
Get the constructor that this expression will call.
Definition ExprCXX.h:1792
Represents a static or instance method of a struct/union/class.
Definition DeclCXX.h:2132
const CXXRecordDecl * getParent() const
Return the parent of this method declaration, which is the class in which this method is defined.
Definition DeclCXX.h:2271
bool isMoveAssignmentOperator() const
Determine whether this is a move assignment operator.
Definition DeclCXX.cpp:2753
bool isCopyAssignmentOperator() const
Determine whether this is a copy-assignment operator, regardless of whether it was declared implicitl...
Definition DeclCXX.cpp:2732
bool isLambdaStaticInvoker() const
Determine whether this is a lambda closure type's static member function that is used for the result ...
Definition DeclCXX.cpp:2897
Represents a new-expression for memory allocation and constructor calls, e.g: "new CXXNewExpr(foo)".
Definition ExprCXX.h:2359
bool isArray() const
Definition ExprCXX.h:2468
QualType getAllocatedType() const
Definition ExprCXX.h:2438
std::optional< Expr * > getArraySize()
This might return std::nullopt even if isArray() returns true, since there might not be an array size...
Definition ExprCXX.h:2473
Expr * getPlacementArg(unsigned I)
Definition ExprCXX.h:2507
unsigned getNumPlacementArgs() const
Definition ExprCXX.h:2498
FunctionDecl * getOperatorNew() const
Definition ExprCXX.h:2463
Expr * getInitializer()
The initializer of this new-expression.
Definition ExprCXX.h:2537
Represents a C++11 noexcept expression (C++ [expr.unary.noexcept]).
Definition ExprCXX.h:4309
bool getValue() const
Definition ExprCXX.h:4332
The null pointer literal (C++11 [lex.nullptr])
Definition ExprCXX.h:772
Represents a list-initialization with parenthesis.
Definition ExprCXX.h:5141
MutableArrayRef< Expr * > getInitExprs()
Definition ExprCXX.h:5181
Represents a C++ struct/union/class.
Definition DeclCXX.h:258
bool hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() const
Determine whether this class has a trivial default constructor (C++11 [class.ctor]p5).
Definition DeclCXX.h:1246
bool isGenericLambda() const
Determine whether this class describes a generic lambda function object (i.e.
Definition DeclCXX.cpp:1679
capture_const_range captures() const
Definition DeclCXX.h:1097
CXXMethodDecl * getLambdaCallOperator() const
Retrieve the lambda call operator of the closure type if this is a closure type.
Definition DeclCXX.cpp:1742
A C++ reinterpret_cast expression (C++ [expr.reinterpret.cast]).
Definition ExprCXX.h:530
A rewritten comparison expression that was originally written using operator syntax.
Definition ExprCXX.h:290
Expr * getSemanticForm()
Get an equivalent semantic form for this expression.
Definition ExprCXX.h:308
An expression "T()" which creates an rvalue of a non-class type T.
Definition ExprCXX.h:2200
Implicit construction of a std::initializer_list<T> object from an array temporary within list-initia...
Definition ExprCXX.h:804
Represents the this expression in C++.
Definition ExprCXX.h:1158
A C++ throw-expression (C++ [except.throw]).
Definition ExprCXX.h:1212
const Expr * getSubExpr() const
Definition ExprCXX.h:1232
CXXTryStmt - A C++ try block, including all handlers.
Definition StmtCXX.h:69
CompoundStmt * getTryBlock()
Definition StmtCXX.h:100
A C++ typeid expression (C++ [expr.typeid]), which gets the type_info that corresponds to the supplie...
Definition ExprCXX.h:852
bool isTypeOperand() const
Definition ExprCXX.h:888
QualType getTypeOperand(const ASTContext &Context) const
Retrieves the type operand of this typeid() expression after various required adjustments (removing r...
Definition ExprCXX.cpp:166
Expr * getExprOperand() const
Definition ExprCXX.h:899
bool isPotentiallyEvaluated() const
Determine whether this typeid has a type operand which is potentially evaluated, per C++11 [expr....
Definition ExprCXX.cpp:134
A Microsoft C++ __uuidof expression, which gets the _GUID that corresponds to the supplied type or ex...
Definition ExprCXX.h:1072
MSGuidDecl * getGuidDecl() const
Definition ExprCXX.h:1118
CallExpr - Represents a function call (C99 6.5.2.2, C++ [expr.call]).
Definition Expr.h:2946
Expr * getArg(unsigned Arg)
getArg - Return the specified argument.
Definition Expr.h:3150
FunctionDecl * getDirectCallee()
If the callee is a FunctionDecl, return it. Otherwise return null.
Definition Expr.h:3129
Expr * getCallee()
Definition Expr.h:3093
unsigned getNumArgs() const
getNumArgs - Return the number of actual arguments to this call.
Definition Expr.h:3137
Expr ** getArgs()
Retrieve the call arguments.
Definition Expr.h:3140
arg_range arguments()
Definition Expr.h:3198
QualType getCallReturnType(const ASTContext &Ctx) const
getCallReturnType - Get the return type of the call expr.
Definition Expr.cpp:1608
CaseStmt - Represent a case statement.
Definition Stmt.h:1930
Stmt * getSubStmt()
Definition Stmt.h:2043
CastExpr - Base class for type casts, including both implicit casts (ImplicitCastExpr) and explicit c...
Definition Expr.h:3679
path_iterator path_begin()
Definition Expr.h:3749
CastKind getCastKind() const
Definition Expr.h:3723
llvm::iterator_range< path_iterator > path()
Path through the class hierarchy taken by casts between base and derived classes (see implementation ...
Definition Expr.h:3766
const FieldDecl * getTargetUnionField() const
Definition Expr.h:3773
path_iterator path_end()
Definition Expr.h:3750
Expr * getSubExpr()
Definition Expr.h:3729
CharUnits - This is an opaque type for sizes expressed in character units.
Definition CharUnits.h:38
bool isZero() const
isZero - Test whether the quantity equals zero.
Definition CharUnits.h:122
QuantityType getQuantity() const
getQuantity - Get the raw integer representation of this quantity.
Definition CharUnits.h:185
static CharUnits One()
One - Construct a CharUnits quantity of one.
Definition CharUnits.h:58
unsigned getValue() const
Definition Expr.h:1632
ChooseExpr - GNU builtin-in function __builtin_choose_expr.
Definition Expr.h:4851
Expr * getChosenSubExpr() const
getChosenSubExpr - Return the subexpression chosen according to the condition.
Definition Expr.h:4887
Complex values, per C99 6.2.5p11.
Definition TypeBase.h:3337
QualType getElementType() const
Definition TypeBase.h:3347
CompoundAssignOperator - For compound assignments (e.g.
Definition Expr.h:4303
QualType getComputationLHSType() const
Definition Expr.h:4337
QualType getComputationResultType() const
Definition Expr.h:4340
CompoundLiteralExpr - [C99 6.5.2.5].
Definition Expr.h:3608
bool isFileScope() const
Definition Expr.h:3640
const Expr * getInitializer() const
Definition Expr.h:3636
CompoundStmt - This represents a group of statements like { stmt stmt }.
Definition Stmt.h:1750
body_range body()
Definition Stmt.h:1813
Stmt * body_back()
Definition Stmt.h:1818
Represents the specialization of a concept - evaluates to a prvalue of type bool.
bool isSatisfied() const
Whether or not the concept with the given arguments was satisfied when the expression was created.
Represents the canonical version of C arrays with a specified constant size.
Definition TypeBase.h:3822
uint64_t getZExtSize() const
Return the size zero-extended as a uint64_t.
Definition TypeBase.h:3898
ConstantExpr - An expression that occurs in a constant context and optionally the result of evaluatin...
Definition Expr.h:1085
APValue getAPValueResult() const
Definition Expr.cpp:418
bool hasAPValueResult() const
Definition Expr.h:1160
Represents a concrete matrix type with constant number of rows and columns.
Definition TypeBase.h:4449
ContinueStmt - This represents a continue.
Definition Stmt.h:3129
ConvertVectorExpr - Clang builtin function __builtin_convertvector This AST node provides support for...
Definition Expr.h:4722
Expr * getSrcExpr() const
getSrcExpr - Return the Expr to be converted.
Definition Expr.h:4812
DeclContext * getParent()
getParent - Returns the containing DeclContext.
Definition DeclBase.h:2122
A reference to a declared variable, function, enum, etc.
Definition Expr.h:1273
ValueDecl * getDecl()
Definition Expr.h:1341
DeclStmt - Adaptor class for mixing declarations with statements and expressions.
Definition Stmt.h:1641
decl_range decls()
Definition Stmt.h:1689
Decl - This represents one declaration (or definition), e.g.
Definition DeclBase.h:86
bool isInvalidDecl() const
Definition DeclBase.h:596
bool hasAttr() const
Definition DeclBase.h:585
OverloadedOperatorKind getCXXOverloadedOperator() const
If this name is the name of an overloadable operator in C++ (e.g., operator+), retrieve the kind of o...
Stmt * getSubStmt()
Definition Stmt.h:2091
InitListExpr * getUpdater() const
Definition Expr.h:5936
DoStmt - This represents a 'do/while' stmt.
Definition Stmt.h:2842
Stmt * getBody()
Definition Stmt.h:2867
Expr * getCond()
Definition Stmt.h:2860
const Expr * getBase() const
Definition Expr.h:6581
Represents a reference to emded data.
Definition Expr.h:5129
ChildElementIter< false > begin()
Definition Expr.h:5235
Represents an expression – generally a full-expression – that introduces cleanups to be run at the en...
Definition ExprCXX.h:3661
This represents one expression.
Definition Expr.h:112
const Expr * skipRValueSubobjectAdjustments(SmallVectorImpl< const Expr * > &CommaLHS, SmallVectorImpl< SubobjectAdjustment > &Adjustments) const
Walk outwards from an expression we want to bind a reference to and find the expression whose lifetim...
Definition Expr.cpp:84
bool isGLValue() const
Definition Expr.h:287
bool isValueDependent() const
Determines whether the value of this expression depends on.
Definition Expr.h:177
Expr * IgnoreImplicit() LLVM_READONLY
Skip past any implicit AST nodes which might surround this expression until reaching a fixed point.
Definition Expr.cpp:3085
bool containsErrors() const
Whether this expression contains subexpressions which had errors.
Definition Expr.h:246
Expr * IgnoreParens() LLVM_READONLY
Skip past any parentheses which might surround this expression until reaching a fixed point.
Definition Expr.cpp:3093
bool isPRValue() const
Definition Expr.h:285
bool isLValue() const
isLValue - True if this expression is an "l-value" according to the rules of the current language.
Definition Expr.h:284
bool HasSideEffects(const ASTContext &Ctx, bool IncludePossibleEffects=true) const
HasSideEffects - This routine returns true for all those expressions which have any effect other than...
Definition Expr.cpp:3695
bool isTemporaryObject(ASTContext &Ctx, const CXXRecordDecl *TempTy) const
Determine whether the result of this expression is a temporary object of the given class type.
Definition Expr.cpp:3260
bool refersToBitField() const
Returns true if this expression is a gl-value that potentially refers to a bit-field.
Definition Expr.h:479
QualType getType() const
Definition Expr.h:144
An expression trait intrinsic.
Definition ExprCXX.h:3073
ExtVectorElementExpr - This represents access to specific elements of a vector, and may occur on the ...
Definition Expr.h:6610
void getEncodedElementAccess(SmallVectorImpl< uint32_t > &Elts) const
getEncodedElementAccess - Encode the elements accessed into an llvm aggregate Constant of ConstantInt...
Definition Expr.cpp:4556
Represents a member of a struct/union/class.
Definition Decl.h:3178
const RecordDecl * getParent() const
Returns the parent of this field declaration, which is the struct in which this field is defined.
Definition Decl.h:3414
llvm::APInt getValue() const
Returns an internal integer representation of the literal.
Definition Expr.h:1578
llvm::APFloat getValue() const
Definition Expr.h:1669
ForStmt - This represents a 'for (init;cond;inc)' stmt.
Definition Stmt.h:2898
Stmt * getInit()
Definition Stmt.h:2913
VarDecl * getConditionVariable() const
Retrieve the variable declared in this "for" statement, if any.
Definition Stmt.cpp:1120
Stmt * getBody()
Definition Stmt.h:2942
Expr * getInc()
Definition Stmt.h:2941
Expr * getCond()
Definition Stmt.h:2940
DeclStmt * getConditionVariableDeclStmt()
If this ForStmt has a condition variable, return the faux DeclStmt associated with the creation of th...
Definition Stmt.h:2928
const Expr * getSubExpr() const
Definition Expr.h:1065
Represents a function declaration or definition.
Definition Decl.h:2018
const ParmVarDecl * getParamDecl(unsigned i) const
Definition Decl.h:2815
Stmt * getBody(const FunctionDecl *&Definition) const
Retrieve the body (definition) of the function.
Definition Decl.cpp:3274
bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() const
Determine whether this function is a function template specialization.
Definition Decl.cpp:4200
FunctionTemplateDecl * getDescribedFunctionTemplate() const
Retrieves the function template that is described by this function declaration.
Definition Decl.cpp:4188
unsigned getBuiltinID(bool ConsiderWrapperFunctions=false) const
Returns a value indicating whether this function corresponds to a builtin function.
Definition Decl.cpp:3757
QualType getReturnType() const
Definition Decl.h:2863
ArrayRef< ParmVarDecl * > parameters() const
Definition Decl.h:2792
bool isTrivial() const
Whether this function is "trivial" in some specialized C++ senses.
Definition Decl.h:2395
const TemplateArgumentList * getTemplateSpecializationArgs() const
Retrieve the template arguments used to produce this function template specialization from the primar...
Definition Decl.cpp:4324
bool isUsableAsGlobalAllocationFunctionInConstantEvaluation(UnsignedOrNone *AlignmentParam=nullptr, bool *IsNothrow=nullptr) const
Determines whether this function is one of the replaceable global allocation functions described in i...
Definition Decl.cpp:3421
bool isDefaulted() const
Whether this function is defaulted.
Definition Decl.h:2403
unsigned getNumParams() const
Return the number of parameters this function must have based on its FunctionType.
Definition Decl.cpp:3821
bool hasBody(const FunctionDecl *&Definition) const
Returns true if the function has a body.
Definition Decl.cpp:3194
Declaration of a template function.
FunctionDecl * findSpecialization(ArrayRef< TemplateArgument > Args, void *&InsertPos)
Return the specialization with the provided arguments if it exists, otherwise return the insertion po...
GNUNullExpr - Implements the GNU __null extension, which is a name for a null pointer constant that h...
Definition Expr.h:4926
Represents a C11 generic selection.
Definition Expr.h:6182
Expr * getResultExpr()
Return the result expression of this controlling expression.
Definition Expr.h:6468
IfStmt - This represents an if/then/else.
Definition Stmt.h:2269
Stmt * getThen()
Definition Stmt.h:2358
Stmt * getInit()
Definition Stmt.h:2419
bool isNonNegatedConsteval() const
Definition Stmt.h:2454
Expr * getCond()
Definition Stmt.h:2346
bool isNegatedConsteval() const
Definition Stmt.h:2458
Stmt * getElse()
Definition Stmt.h:2367
DeclStmt * getConditionVariableDeclStmt()
If this IfStmt has a condition variable, return the faux DeclStmt associated with the creation of tha...
Definition Stmt.h:2402
VarDecl * getConditionVariable()
Retrieve the variable declared in this "if" statement, if any.
Definition Stmt.cpp:1068
ImaginaryLiteral - We support imaginary integer and floating point literals, like "1....
Definition Expr.h:1734
const Expr * getSubExpr() const
Definition Expr.h:1746
Represents an implicitly-generated value initialization of an object of a given type.
Definition Expr.h:6057
Represents a field injected from an anonymous union/struct into the parent scope.
Definition Decl.h:3485
Describes an C or C++ initializer list.
Definition Expr.h:5302
Expr * getArrayFiller()
If this initializer list initializes an array with more elements than there are initializers in the l...
Definition Expr.h:5405
ArrayRef< Expr * > inits() const
Definition Expr.h:5355
A C++ lambda expression, which produces a function object (of unspecified type) that can be invoked l...
Definition ExprCXX.h:1972
capture_init_iterator capture_init_begin()
Retrieve the first initialization argument for this lambda expression (which initializes the first ca...
Definition ExprCXX.h:2098
CXXRecordDecl * getLambdaClass() const
Retrieve the class that corresponds to the lambda.
Definition ExprCXX.cpp:1407
Implicit declaration of a temporary that was materialized by a MaterializeTemporaryExpr and lifetime-...
Definition DeclCXX.h:3313
const Stmt * getNamedLoopOrSwitch() const
If this is a named break/continue, get the loop or switch statement that this targets.
Definition Stmt.cpp:1535
A global _GUID constant.
Definition DeclCXX.h:4403
APValue & getAsAPValue() const
Get the value of this MSGuidDecl as an APValue.
Definition DeclCXX.cpp:3866
Represents a prvalue temporary that is written into memory so that a reference can bind to it.
Definition ExprCXX.h:4920
StorageDuration getStorageDuration() const
Retrieve the storage duration for the materialized temporary.
Definition ExprCXX.h:4945
Expr * getSubExpr() const
Retrieve the temporary-generating subexpression whose value will be materialized into a glvalue.
Definition ExprCXX.h:4937
ValueDecl * getExtendingDecl()
Get the declaration which triggered the lifetime-extension of this temporary, if any.
Definition ExprCXX.h:4970
LifetimeExtendedTemporaryDecl * getLifetimeExtendedTemporaryDecl()
Definition ExprCXX.h:4960
MemberExpr - [C99 6.5.2.3] Structure and Union Members.
Definition Expr.h:3367
ValueDecl * getMemberDecl() const
Retrieve the member declaration to which this expression refers.
Definition Expr.h:3450
Expr * getBase() const
Definition Expr.h:3444
A pointer to member type per C++ 8.3.3 - Pointers to members.
Definition TypeBase.h:3715
This represents a decl that may have a name.
Definition Decl.h:274
DeclarationName getDeclName() const
Get the actual, stored name of the declaration, which may be a special name.
Definition Decl.h:340
Represents a C++ namespace alias.
Definition DeclCXX.h:3206
ObjCArrayLiteral - used for objective-c array containers; as in: @["Hello", NSApp,...
Definition ExprObjC.h:220
ObjCBoolLiteralExpr - Objective-C Boolean Literal.
Definition ExprObjC.h:119
ObjCBoxedExpr - used for generalized expression boxing.
Definition ExprObjC.h:159
ObjCDictionaryLiteral - AST node to represent objective-c dictionary literals; as in:"name" : NSUserN...
Definition ExprObjC.h:342
ObjCEncodeExpr, used for @encode in Objective-C.
Definition ExprObjC.h:441
QualType getEncodedType() const
Definition ExprObjC.h:460
SourceLocation getAtLoc() const
Definition ExprObjC.h:455
bool isExpressibleAsConstantInitializer() const
Definition ExprObjC.h:68
ObjCStringLiteral, used for Objective-C string literals i.e.
Definition ExprObjC.h:84
OffsetOfExpr - [C99 7.17] - This represents an expression of the form offsetof(record-type,...
Definition Expr.h:2530
Expr * getIndexExpr(unsigned Idx)
Definition Expr.h:2589
const OffsetOfNode & getComponent(unsigned Idx) const
Definition Expr.h:2577
unsigned getNumComponents() const
Definition Expr.h:2585
Helper class for OffsetOfExpr.
Definition Expr.h:2424
unsigned getArrayExprIndex() const
For an array element node, returns the index into the array of expressions.
Definition Expr.h:2482
@ Array
An index into an array.
Definition Expr.h:2429
Kind getKind() const
Determine what kind of offsetof node this is.
Definition Expr.h:2478
OpaqueValueExpr - An expression referring to an opaque object of a fixed type and value class.
Definition Expr.h:1181
Expr * getSourceExpr() const
The source expression of an opaque value expression is the expression which originally generated the ...
Definition Expr.h:1231
Expr * getSelectedExpr() const
Definition ExprCXX.h:4639
ParenExpr - This represents a parenthesized expression, e.g.
Definition Expr.h:2185
const Expr * getSubExpr() const
Definition Expr.h:2202
Represents a parameter to a function.
Definition Decl.h:1808
PointerType - C99 6.7.5.1 - Pointer Declarators.
Definition TypeBase.h:3390
QualType getPointeeType() const
Definition TypeBase.h:3400
[C99 6.4.2.2] - A predefined identifier such as func.
Definition Expr.h:2008
StringLiteral * getFunctionName()
Definition Expr.h:2052
PseudoObjectExpr - An expression which accesses a pseudo-object l-value.
Definition Expr.h:6804
Expr * getResultExpr()
Return the result-bearing expression, or null if there is none.
Definition Expr.h:6852
ArrayRef< Expr * > semantics()
Definition Expr.h:6876
A (possibly-)qualified type.
Definition TypeBase.h:937
bool isVolatileQualified() const
Determine whether this type is volatile-qualified.
Definition TypeBase.h:8529
QualType withConst() const
Definition TypeBase.h:1174
bool isNull() const
Return true if this QualType doesn't point to a type yet.
Definition TypeBase.h:1004
const Type * getTypePtr() const
Retrieves a pointer to the underlying (unqualified) type.
Definition TypeBase.h:8445
bool isConstant(const ASTContext &Ctx) const
Definition TypeBase.h:1097
bool isConstQualified() const
Determine whether this type is const-qualified.
Definition TypeBase.h:8518
Represents a struct/union/class.
Definition Decl.h:4343
Frontend produces RecoveryExprs on semantic errors that prevent creating other well-formed expression...
Definition Expr.h:7503
Base for LValueReferenceType and RValueReferenceType.
Definition TypeBase.h:3635
C++2a [expr.prim.req]: A requires-expression provides a concise way to express requirements on templa...
bool isSatisfied() const
Whether or not the requires clause is satisfied.
ReturnStmt - This represents a return, optionally of an expression: return; return 4;.
Definition Stmt.h:3170
Expr * getRetValue()
Definition Stmt.h:3197
SourceLocation getLocation() const
Definition Expr.h:2158
std::string ComputeName(ASTContext &Context) const
Definition Expr.cpp:592
Scope - A scope is a transient data structure that is used while parsing the program.
Definition Scope.h:41
ShuffleVectorExpr - clang-specific builtin-in function __builtin_shufflevector.
Definition Expr.h:4646
llvm::APSInt getShuffleMaskIdx(unsigned N) const
Definition Expr.h:4698
unsigned getNumSubExprs() const
getNumSubExprs - Return the size of the SubExprs array.
Definition Expr.h:4679
Expr * getExpr(unsigned Index)
getExpr - Return the Expr at the specified index.
Definition Expr.h:4685
Represents an expression that computes the length of a parameter pack.
Definition ExprCXX.h:4441
unsigned getPackLength() const
Retrieve the length of the parameter pack.
Definition ExprCXX.h:4515
Represents a function call to one of __builtin_LINE(), __builtin_COLUMN(), __builtin_FUNCTION(),...
Definition Expr.h:5020
APValue EvaluateInContext(const ASTContext &Ctx, const Expr *DefaultExpr) const
Return the result of evaluating this SourceLocExpr in the specified (and possibly null) default argum...
Definition Expr.cpp:2287
Represents a C++11 static_assert declaration.
Definition DeclCXX.h:4141
StmtExpr - This is the GNU Statement Expression extension: ({int X=4; X;}).
Definition Expr.h:4598
CompoundStmt * getSubStmt()
Definition Expr.h:4615
Stmt - This represents one statement.
Definition Stmt.h:86
StmtClass getStmtClass() const
Definition Stmt.h:1503
StringLiteral - This represents a string literal expression, e.g.
Definition Expr.h:1802
unsigned getLength() const
Definition Expr.h:1912
static StringLiteral * Create(const ASTContext &Ctx, StringRef Str, StringLiteralKind Kind, bool Pascal, QualType Ty, ArrayRef< SourceLocation > Locs)
This is the "fully general" constructor that allows representation of strings formed from one or more...
Definition Expr.cpp:1193
uint32_t getCodeUnit(size_t i) const
Definition Expr.h:1885
unsigned getCharByteWidth() const
Definition Expr.h:1913
Represents a reference to a non-type template parameter that has been substituted with a template arg...
Definition ExprCXX.h:4664
const SwitchCase * getNextSwitchCase() const
Definition Stmt.h:1903
SwitchStmt - This represents a 'switch' stmt.
Definition Stmt.h:2519
Expr * getCond()
Definition Stmt.h:2582
Stmt * getBody()
Definition Stmt.h:2594
VarDecl * getConditionVariable()
Retrieve the variable declared in this "switch" statement, if any.
Definition Stmt.cpp:1186
Stmt * getInit()
Definition Stmt.h:2599
SwitchCase * getSwitchCaseList()
Definition Stmt.h:2650
DeclStmt * getConditionVariableDeclStmt()
If this SwitchStmt has a condition variable, return the faux DeclStmt associated with the creation of...
Definition Stmt.h:2633
Represents the declaration of a struct/union/class/enum.
Definition Decl.h:3735
bool isCompleteDefinition() const
Return true if this decl has its body fully specified.
Definition Decl.h:3836
bool isUnion() const
Definition Decl.h:3946
A template argument list.
ArrayRef< TemplateArgument > asArray() const
Produce this as an array ref.
A type trait used in the implementation of various C++11 and Library TR1 trait templates.
Definition ExprCXX.h:2900
bool getBoolValue() const
Definition ExprCXX.h:2951
const APValue & getAPValue() const
Definition ExprCXX.h:2956
bool isStoredAsBoolean() const
Definition ExprCXX.h:2947
The base class of the type hierarchy.
Definition TypeBase.h:1875
bool isVoidType() const
Definition TypeBase.h:9048
bool isBooleanType() const
Definition TypeBase.h:9185
bool isLiteralType(const ASTContext &Ctx) const
Return true if this is a literal type (C++11 [basic.types]p10)
Definition Type.cpp:3109
bool isIncompleteArrayType() const
Definition TypeBase.h:8789
CXXRecordDecl * getAsCXXRecordDecl() const
Retrieves the CXXRecordDecl that this type refers to, either because the type is a RecordType or beca...
Definition Type.h:26
bool isNothrowT() const
Definition Type.cpp:3293
RecordDecl * getAsRecordDecl() const
Retrieves the RecordDecl this type refers to.
Definition Type.h:41
bool isVoidPointerType() const
Definition Type.cpp:749
bool isConstantSizeType() const
Return true if this is not a variable sized type, according to the rules of C99 6....
Definition Type.cpp:2517
bool isArrayType() const
Definition TypeBase.h:8781
bool isFunctionPointerType() const
Definition TypeBase.h:8749
bool isConstantMatrixType() const
Definition TypeBase.h:8849
bool isPointerType() const
Definition TypeBase.h:8682
bool isIntegerType() const
isIntegerType() does not include complex integers (a GCC extension).
Definition TypeBase.h:9092
const T * castAs() const
Member-template castAs<specific type>.
Definition TypeBase.h:9342
bool isReferenceType() const
Definition TypeBase.h:8706
bool isEnumeralType() const
Definition TypeBase.h:8813
QualType getPointeeType() const
If this is a pointer, ObjC object pointer, or block pointer, this returns the respective pointee.
Definition Type.cpp:789
bool isIntegralOrEnumerationType() const
Determine whether this type is an integral or enumeration type.
Definition TypeBase.h:9170
bool isSpecificBuiltinType(unsigned K) const
Test for a particular builtin type.
Definition TypeBase.h:9017
bool isDependentType() const
Whether this type is a dependent type, meaning that its definition somehow depends on a template para...
Definition TypeBase.h:2844
bool isAnyComplexType() const
Definition TypeBase.h:8817
bool isFixedPointType() const
Return true if this is a fixed point type according to ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169.
Definition TypeBase.h:9108
const Type * getBaseElementTypeUnsafe() const
Get the base element type of this type, potentially discarding type qualifiers.
Definition TypeBase.h:9228
bool isMemberPointerType() const
Definition TypeBase.h:8763
bool isAtomicType() const
Definition TypeBase.h:8874
EnumDecl * castAsEnumDecl() const
Definition Type.h:59
bool isStdByteType() const
Definition Type.cpp:3312
const ArrayType * getAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const
A variant of getAs<> for array types which silently discards qualifiers from the outermost type.
Definition TypeBase.h:9328
bool isPointerOrReferenceType() const
Definition TypeBase.h:8686
bool isFunctionType() const
Definition TypeBase.h:8678
bool isVectorType() const
Definition TypeBase.h:8821
bool isRealFloatingType() const
Floating point categories.
Definition Type.cpp:2405
const T * getAsCanonical() const
If this type is canonically the specified type, return its canonical type cast to that specified type...
Definition TypeBase.h:2983
bool isFloatingType() const
Definition Type.cpp:2389
const T * getAs() const
Member-template getAs<specific type>'.
Definition TypeBase.h:9275
bool isRecordType() const
Definition TypeBase.h:8809
bool isSizelessVectorType() const
Returns true for all scalable vector types.
Definition Type.cpp:2663
Base class for declarations which introduce a typedef-name.
Definition Decl.h:3580
UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr - expression with either a type or (unevaluated) expression operand.
Definition Expr.h:2628
QualType getArgumentType() const
Definition Expr.h:2671
QualType getTypeOfArgument() const
Gets the argument type, or the type of the argument expression, whichever is appropriate.
Definition Expr.h:2697
UnaryExprOrTypeTrait getKind() const
Definition Expr.h:2660
UnaryOperator - This represents the unary-expression's (except sizeof and alignof),...
Definition Expr.h:2247
Expr * getSubExpr() const
Definition Expr.h:2288
Opcode getOpcode() const
Definition Expr.h:2283
bool canOverflow() const
Returns true if the unary operator can cause an overflow.
Definition Expr.h:2301
Represents C++ using-directive.
Definition DeclCXX.h:3101
Represent the declaration of a variable (in which case it is an lvalue) a function (in which case it ...
Definition Decl.h:712
QualType getType() const
Definition Decl.h:723
bool isWeak() const
Determine whether this symbol is weakly-imported, or declared with the weak or weak-ref attr.
Definition Decl.cpp:5576
QualType getType() const
Definition Value.cpp:237
Represents a variable declaration or definition.
Definition Decl.h:924
bool isInitCapture() const
Whether this variable is the implicit variable for a lambda init-capture.
Definition Decl.h:1591
APValue * evaluateValue() const
Attempt to evaluate the value of the initializer attached to this declaration, and produce notes expl...
Definition Decl.cpp:2554
bool isStaticDataMember() const
Determines whether this is a static data member.
Definition Decl.h:1296
bool hasGlobalStorage() const
Returns true for all variables that do not have local storage.
Definition Decl.h:1239
bool hasConstantInitialization() const
Determine whether this variable has constant initialization.
Definition Decl.cpp:2627
bool isStaticLocal() const
Returns true if a variable with function scope is a static local variable.
Definition Decl.h:1206
const Expr * getInit() const
Definition Decl.h:1381
bool isLocalVarDecl() const
Returns true for local variable declarations other than parameters.
Definition Decl.h:1266
const Expr * getAnyInitializer() const
Get the initializer for this variable, no matter which declaration it is attached to.
Definition Decl.h:1371
Represents a GCC generic vector type.
Definition TypeBase.h:4237
unsigned getNumElements() const
Definition TypeBase.h:4252
QualType getElementType() const
Definition TypeBase.h:4251
WhileStmt - This represents a 'while' stmt.
Definition Stmt.h:2707
Expr * getCond()
Definition Stmt.h:2759
DeclStmt * getConditionVariableDeclStmt()
If this WhileStmt has a condition variable, return the faux DeclStmt associated with the creation of ...
Definition Stmt.h:2795
VarDecl * getConditionVariable()
Retrieve the variable declared in this "while" statement, if any.
Definition Stmt.cpp:1247
Stmt * getBody()
Definition Stmt.h:2771
A memory block, either on the stack or in the heap.
Definition InterpBlock.h:44
void invokeDtor()
Invokes the Destructor.
Compilation context for expressions.
Definition Compiler.h:112
llvm::SmallVector< InitLink > InitStack
Definition Compiler.h:489
bool VisitArrayInitIndexExpr(const ArrayInitIndexExpr *E)
bool VisitCXXDeleteExpr(const CXXDeleteExpr *E)
bool VisitOffsetOfExpr(const OffsetOfExpr *E)
bool visitContinueStmt(const ContinueStmt *S)
bool VisitCharacterLiteral(const CharacterLiteral *E)
bool visitArrayElemInit(unsigned ElemIndex, const Expr *Init, OptPrimType InitT)
Pointer to the array(not the element!) must be on the stack when calling this.
UnsignedOrNone allocateLocal(DeclTy &&Decl, QualType Ty=QualType(), ScopeKind=ScopeKind::Block)
Allocates a space storing a local given its type.
bool VisitCXXParenListInitExpr(const CXXParenListInitExpr *E)
bool VisitConceptSpecializationExpr(const ConceptSpecializationExpr *E)
bool visitInitializerPop(const Expr *E)
Similar, but will also pop the pointer.
bool VisitCompoundLiteralExpr(const CompoundLiteralExpr *E)
bool visitBool(const Expr *E)
Visits an expression and converts it to a boolean.
bool VisitCXXDefaultInitExpr(const CXXDefaultInitExpr *E)
PrimType classifyPrim(QualType Ty) const
Classifies a known primitive type.
Definition Compiler.h:284
bool VisitTypeTraitExpr(const TypeTraitExpr *E)
bool VisitLambdaExpr(const LambdaExpr *E)
bool VisitMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *E)
llvm::DenseMap< const OpaqueValueExpr *, unsigned > OpaqueExprs
OpaqueValueExpr to location mapping.
Definition Compiler.h:465
bool VisitBinaryOperator(const BinaryOperator *E)
bool visitAttributedStmt(const AttributedStmt *S)
bool VisitPackIndexingExpr(const PackIndexingExpr *E)
bool visitAPValueInitializer(const APValue &Val, const Expr *E, QualType T)
bool VisitArraySubscriptExpr(const ArraySubscriptExpr *E)
bool VisitCallExpr(const CallExpr *E)
std::optional< uint64_t > ArrayIndex
Current argument index. Needed to emit ArrayInitIndexExpr.
Definition Compiler.h:471
bool VisitPseudoObjectExpr(const PseudoObjectExpr *E)
bool VisitCXXReinterpretCastExpr(const CXXReinterpretCastExpr *E)
const Function * getFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD)
Returns a function for the given FunctionDecl.
bool VisitFixedPointBinOp(const BinaryOperator *E)
bool VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr *E)
Definition Compiler.cpp:213
bool VisitObjCEncodeExpr(const ObjCEncodeExpr *E)
bool VisitFixedPointUnaryOperator(const UnaryOperator *E)
unsigned allocateLocalPrimitive(DeclTy &&Decl, PrimType Ty, bool IsConst, bool IsVolatile=false, ScopeKind SC=ScopeKind::Block)
Creates a local primitive value.
bool VisitComplexUnaryOperator(const UnaryOperator *E)
llvm::DenseMap< const SwitchCase *, LabelTy > CaseMap
Definition Compiler.h:118
bool VisitBlockExpr(const BlockExpr *E)
bool visitAPValue(const APValue &Val, PrimType ValType, const Expr *E)
Visit an APValue.
bool VisitCXXScalarValueInitExpr(const CXXScalarValueInitExpr *E)
bool VisitLogicalBinOp(const BinaryOperator *E)
bool visitCompoundStmt(const CompoundStmt *S)
Context & Ctx
Current compilation context.
Definition Compiler.h:135
bool visitDeclRef(const ValueDecl *D, const Expr *E)
Visit the given decl as if we have a reference to it.
bool visitBreakStmt(const BreakStmt *S)
bool visitExpr(const Expr *E, bool DestroyToplevelScope) override
bool visitForStmt(const ForStmt *S)
bool VisitDeclRefExpr(const DeclRefExpr *E)
bool VisitOpaqueValueExpr(const OpaqueValueExpr *E)
bool VisitArrayInitLoopExpr(const ArrayInitLoopExpr *E)
bool VisitStmtExpr(const StmtExpr *E)
bool VisitBuiltinBitCastExpr(const BuiltinBitCastExpr *E)
bool VisitFixedPointLiteral(const FixedPointLiteral *E)
const FunctionDecl * CompilingFunction
Definition Compiler.h:500
bool VisitCXXBoolLiteralExpr(const CXXBoolLiteralExpr *E)
VarCreationState visitVarDecl(const VarDecl *VD, const Expr *Init, bool Toplevel=false)
Creates and initializes a variable from the given decl.
VariableScope< Emitter > * VarScope
Current scope.
Definition Compiler.h:468
bool visitDeclAndReturn(const VarDecl *VD, const Expr *Init, bool ConstantContext) override
Toplevel visitDeclAndReturn().
bool VisitCXXNewExpr(const CXXNewExpr *E)
const ValueDecl * InitializingDecl
Definition Compiler.h:487
bool VisitCompoundAssignOperator(const CompoundAssignOperator *E)
bool visit(const Expr *E) override
Evaluates an expression and places the result on the stack.
bool delegate(const Expr *E)
Just pass evaluation on to E.
bool visitLValueExpr(const Expr *E, bool DestroyToplevelScope) override
bool discard(const Expr *E)
Evaluates an expression for side effects and discards the result.
bool VisitCXXDefaultArgExpr(const CXXDefaultArgExpr *E)
CaseMap CaseLabels
Switch case mapping.
Definition Compiler.h:496
Record * getRecord(QualType Ty)
Returns a record from a record or pointer type.
const RecordType * getRecordTy(QualType Ty)
Returns a record type from a record or pointer type.
bool VisitCXXStdInitializerListExpr(const CXXStdInitializerListExpr *E)
bool visitInitList(ArrayRef< const Expr * > Inits, const Expr *ArrayFiller, const Expr *E)
bool VisitSizeOfPackExpr(const SizeOfPackExpr *E)
bool VisitPredefinedExpr(const PredefinedExpr *E)
bool VisitSourceLocExpr(const SourceLocExpr *E)
bool visitDeclStmt(const DeclStmt *DS, bool EvaluateConditionDecl=false)
bool emitCleanup()
Emits scope cleanup instructions.
bool VisitExtVectorElementExpr(const ExtVectorElementExpr *E)
bool VisitObjCStringLiteral(const ObjCStringLiteral *E)
bool VisitArrayTypeTraitExpr(const ArrayTypeTraitExpr *E)
bool visitInitializer(const Expr *E)
Compiles an initializer.
const Expr * SourceLocDefaultExpr
DefaultInit- or DefaultArgExpr, needed for SourceLocExpr.
Definition Compiler.h:474
bool VisitObjCArrayLiteral(const ObjCArrayLiteral *E)
UnsignedOrNone OptLabelTy
Definition Compiler.h:117
bool VisitCXXBindTemporaryExpr(const CXXBindTemporaryExpr *E)
bool VisitPointerArithBinOp(const BinaryOperator *E)
Perform addition/subtraction of a pointer and an integer or subtraction of two pointers.
bool visitCallArgs(ArrayRef< const Expr * > Args, const FunctionDecl *FuncDecl, bool Activate, bool IsOperatorCall)
bool VisitObjCBoolLiteralExpr(const ObjCBoolLiteralExpr *E)
bool visitDefaultStmt(const DefaultStmt *S)
bool VisitObjCDictionaryLiteral(const ObjCDictionaryLiteral *E)
typename Emitter::LabelTy LabelTy
Definition Compiler.h:115
VarCreationState visitDecl(const VarDecl *VD)
bool VisitCXXDynamicCastExpr(const CXXDynamicCastExpr *E)
bool visitStmt(const Stmt *S)
bool VisitExpressionTraitExpr(const ExpressionTraitExpr *E)
bool VisitVectorUnaryOperator(const UnaryOperator *E)
bool VisitCXXConstructExpr(const CXXConstructExpr *E)
bool VisitCXXNullPtrLiteralExpr(const CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr *E)
bool VisitObjCBoxedExpr(const ObjCBoxedExpr *E)
bool VisitDesignatedInitUpdateExpr(const DesignatedInitUpdateExpr *E)
bool VisitCXXInheritedCtorInitExpr(const CXXInheritedCtorInitExpr *E)
bool VisitRecoveryExpr(const RecoveryExpr *E)
bool VisitRequiresExpr(const RequiresExpr *E)
bool Initializing
Flag inidicating if we're initializing an already created variable.
Definition Compiler.h:486
bool visitReturnStmt(const ReturnStmt *RS)
bool VisitCXXThrowExpr(const CXXThrowExpr *E)
bool VisitSubstNonTypeTemplateParmExpr(const SubstNonTypeTemplateParmExpr *E)
bool VisitChooseExpr(const ChooseExpr *E)
bool visitFunc(const FunctionDecl *F) override
bool visitCXXForRangeStmt(const CXXForRangeStmt *S)
bool visitCaseStmt(const CaseStmt *S)
bool VisitComplexBinOp(const BinaryOperator *E)
llvm::DenseMap< const ValueDecl *, Scope::Local > Locals
Variable to storage mapping.
Definition Compiler.h:462
bool VisitAbstractConditionalOperator(const AbstractConditionalOperator *E)
bool VisitCXXTypeidExpr(const CXXTypeidExpr *E)
UnsignedOrNone allocateTemporary(const Expr *E)
bool VisitBuiltinCallExpr(const CallExpr *E, unsigned BuiltinID)
bool VisitImplicitValueInitExpr(const ImplicitValueInitExpr *E)
bool VisitCXXRewrittenBinaryOperator(const CXXRewrittenBinaryOperator *E)
OptPrimType ReturnType
Type of the expression returned by the function.
Definition Compiler.h:493
bool VisitUnaryOperator(const UnaryOperator *E)
bool VisitFloatCompoundAssignOperator(const CompoundAssignOperator *E)
OptPrimType classify(const Expr *E) const
Definition Compiler.h:278
llvm::SmallVector< LabelInfo > LabelInfoStack
Stack of label information for loops and switch statements.
Definition Compiler.h:498
bool VisitGenericSelectionExpr(const GenericSelectionExpr *E)
bool visitDoStmt(const DoStmt *S)
bool VisitIntegerLiteral(const IntegerLiteral *E)
bool VisitInitListExpr(const InitListExpr *E)
bool VisitVectorBinOp(const BinaryOperator *E)
bool VisitStringLiteral(const StringLiteral *E)
bool VisitParenExpr(const ParenExpr *E)
bool VisitCXXNoexceptExpr(const CXXNoexceptExpr *E)
bool VisitShuffleVectorExpr(const ShuffleVectorExpr *E)
bool VisitPointerCompoundAssignOperator(const CompoundAssignOperator *E)
bool DiscardResult
Flag indicating if return value is to be discarded.
Definition Compiler.h:477
bool VisitEmbedExpr(const EmbedExpr *E)
bool VisitConvertVectorExpr(const ConvertVectorExpr *E)
bool VisitCXXThisExpr(const CXXThisExpr *E)
bool VisitConstantExpr(const ConstantExpr *E)
bool VisitUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(const UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr *E)
bool visitSwitchStmt(const SwitchStmt *S)
bool VisitCXXUuidofExpr(const CXXUuidofExpr *E)
bool VisitExprWithCleanups(const ExprWithCleanups *E)
bool visitAsLValue(const Expr *E)
bool visitWhileStmt(const WhileStmt *S)
bool visitIfStmt(const IfStmt *IS)
bool VisitAddrLabelExpr(const AddrLabelExpr *E)
bool canClassify(const Expr *E) const
Definition Compiler.h:280
bool VisitFloatingLiteral(const FloatingLiteral *E)
Program & P
Program to link to.
Definition Compiler.h:137
bool VisitMaterializeTemporaryExpr(const MaterializeTemporaryExpr *E)
bool VisitGNUNullExpr(const GNUNullExpr *E)
bool VisitImaginaryLiteral(const ImaginaryLiteral *E)
bool VisitSYCLUniqueStableNameExpr(const SYCLUniqueStableNameExpr *E)
bool visitCXXTryStmt(const CXXTryStmt *S)
static bool isUnevaluatedBuiltin(unsigned ID)
Unevaluated builtins don't get their arguments put on the stack automatically.
Definition Context.cpp:723
static bool shouldBeGloballyIndexed(const ValueDecl *VD)
Returns whether we should create a global variable for the given ValueDecl.
Definition Context.h:151
Scope used to handle temporaries in toplevel variable declarations.
Definition Compiler.cpp:40
DeclScope(Compiler< Emitter > *Ctx, const ValueDecl *VD)
Definition Compiler.cpp:42
Wrapper around fixed point types.
Definition FixedPoint.h:23
static FixedPoint zero(llvm::FixedPointSemantics Sem)
Definition FixedPoint.h:36
If a Floating is constructed from Memory, it DOES NOT OWN THAT MEMORY.
Definition Floating.h:35
bool singleWord() const
Definition Floating.h:107
Bytecode function.
Definition Function.h:99
bool hasThisPointer() const
Definition Function.h:226
bool hasRVO() const
Checks if the first argument is a RVO pointer.
Definition Function.h:156
When generating code for e.g.
Definition Compiler.cpp:188
LocOverrideScope(Compiler< Emitter > *Ctx, SourceInfo NewValue, bool Enabled=true)
Definition Compiler.cpp:190
Generic scope for local variables.
Definition Compiler.h:565
bool destroyLocals(const Expr *E=nullptr) override
Explicit destruction of local variables.
Definition Compiler.h:578
LocalScope(Compiler< Emitter > *Ctx, ScopeKind Kind=ScopeKind::Block)
Definition Compiler.h:567
Sets the context for break/continue statements.
Definition Compiler.cpp:114
typename Compiler< Emitter >::LabelTy LabelTy
Definition Compiler.cpp:116
typename Compiler< Emitter >::OptLabelTy OptLabelTy
Definition Compiler.cpp:117
typename Compiler< Emitter >::LabelInfo LabelInfo
Definition Compiler.cpp:118
LoopScope(Compiler< Emitter > *Ctx, const Stmt *Name, LabelTy BreakLabel, LabelTy ContinueLabel)
Definition Compiler.cpp:120
PrimType value_or(PrimType PT) const
Definition PrimType.h:88
Scope used to handle initialization methods.
Definition Compiler.cpp:60
OptionScope(Compiler< Emitter > *Ctx, bool NewDiscardResult, bool NewInitializing, bool NewToLValue)
Root constructor, compiling or discarding primitives.
Definition Compiler.cpp:63
Context to manage declaration lifetimes.
Definition Program.h:147
Structure/Class descriptor.
Definition Record.h:25
bool isUnion() const
Checks if the record is a union.
Definition Record.h:69
const Field * getField(unsigned I) const
Definition Record.h:95
const Base * getBase(unsigned I) const
Definition Record.h:107
bool hasTrivialDtor() const
Returns true for anonymous unions and records with no destructor or for those with a trivial destruct...
Definition Record.cpp:45
Describes a scope block.
Definition Function.h:36
Describes the statement/declaration an opcode was generated from.
Definition Source.h:74
StmtExprScope(Compiler< Emitter > *Ctx)
Definition Compiler.cpp:173
typename Compiler< Emitter >::LabelTy LabelTy
Definition Compiler.cpp:142
typename Compiler< Emitter >::OptLabelTy OptLabelTy
Definition Compiler.cpp:143
typename Compiler< Emitter >::LabelInfo LabelInfo
Definition Compiler.cpp:145
typename Compiler< Emitter >::CaseMap CaseMap
Definition Compiler.cpp:144
SwitchScope(Compiler< Emitter > *Ctx, const Stmt *Name, CaseMap &&CaseLabels, LabelTy BreakLabel, OptLabelTy DefaultLabel)
Definition Compiler.cpp:147
Scope chain managing the variable lifetimes.
Definition Compiler.h:507
Compiler< Emitter > * Ctx
Compiler instance.
Definition Compiler.h:558
virtual void addLocal(Scope::Local Local)
Definition Compiler.h:518
VariableScope * getParent() const
Definition Compiler.h:548
bool Sub(InterpState &S, CodePtr OpPC)
Definition Interp.h:410
bool LT(InterpState &S, CodePtr OpPC)
Definition Interp.h:1449
static llvm::RoundingMode getRoundingMode(FPOptions FPO)
llvm::PointerUnion< const Decl *, const Expr * > DeclTy
Definition Descriptor.h:29
constexpr bool isSignedType(PrimType T)
Definition PrimType.h:59
bool Div(InterpState &S, CodePtr OpPC)
1) Pops the RHS from the stack.
Definition Interp.h:750
static bool Activate(InterpState &S, CodePtr OpPC)
Definition Interp.h:2159
constexpr bool isPtrType(PrimType T)
Definition PrimType.h:55
constexpr size_t align(size_t Size)
Aligns a size to the pointer alignment.
Definition PrimType.h:201
bool InitScope(InterpState &S, CodePtr OpPC, uint32_t I)
Definition Interp.h:2666
constexpr bool isIntegerOrBoolType(PrimType T)
Definition PrimType.h:52
llvm::APFloat APFloat
Definition Floating.h:27
static void discard(InterpStack &Stk, PrimType T)
llvm::APInt APInt
Definition FixedPoint.h:19
bool LE(InterpState &S, CodePtr OpPC)
Definition Interp.h:1456
PrimType
Enumeration of the primitive types of the VM.
Definition PrimType.h:34
static std::optional< bool > getBoolValue(const Expr *E)
Definition Compiler.cpp:29
bool Init(InterpState &S, CodePtr OpPC)
Definition Interp.h:2276
bool Mul(InterpState &S, CodePtr OpPC)
Definition Interp.h:464
size_t primSize(PrimType Type)
Returns the size of a primitive type in bytes.
Definition PrimType.cpp:24
bool Inc(InterpState &S, CodePtr OpPC, bool CanOverflow)
1) Pops a pointer from the stack 2) Load the value from the pointer 3) Writes the value increased by ...
Definition Interp.h:944
bool Add(InterpState &S, CodePtr OpPC)
Definition Interp.h:381
llvm::BitVector collectNonNullArgs(const FunctionDecl *F, ArrayRef< const Expr * > Args)
llvm::APSInt APSInt
Definition FixedPoint.h:20
The JSON file list parser is used to communicate input to InstallAPI.
bool isa(CodeGen::Address addr)
Definition Address.h:330
bool hasSpecificAttr(const Container &container)
@ Success
Annotation was successful.
Definition Parser.h:65
Expr * Cond
};
UnaryExprOrTypeTrait
Names for the "expression or type" traits.
Definition TypeTraits.h:51
@ SD_Static
Static storage duration.
Definition Specifiers.h:344
@ SD_FullExpression
Full-expression storage duration (for temporaries).
Definition Specifiers.h:341
@ Result
The result type of a method or function.
Definition TypeBase.h:905
OptionalUnsigned< unsigned > UnsignedOrNone
U cast(CodeGen::Address addr)
Definition Address.h:327
int const char * function
Definition c++config.h:31
#define true
Definition stdbool.h:25
A quantity in bits.
Describes a memory block created by an allocation site.
Definition Descriptor.h:123
unsigned getNumElems() const
Returns the number of elements stored in the block.
Definition Descriptor.h:260
bool isPrimitive() const
Checks if the descriptor is of a primitive.
Definition Descriptor.h:274
QualType getElemQualType() const
bool hasTrivialDtor() const
Whether variables of this descriptor need their destructor called or not.
bool isCompositeArray() const
Checks if the descriptor is of an array of composites.
Definition Descriptor.h:267
QualType getType() const
const Descriptor *const ElemDesc
Descriptor of the array element.
Definition Descriptor.h:156
static constexpr MetadataSize InlineDescMD
Definition Descriptor.h:145
bool isPrimitiveArray() const
Checks if the descriptor is of an array of primitives.
Definition Descriptor.h:265
PrimType getPrimType() const
Definition Descriptor.h:242
bool isRecord() const
Checks if the descriptor is of a record.
Definition Descriptor.h:279
const Record *const ElemRecord
Pointer to the record, if block contains records.
Definition Descriptor.h:154
bool isArray() const
Checks if the descriptor is of an array.
Definition Descriptor.h:277
Descriptor used for global variables.
Definition Descriptor.h:50
Information about a local's storage.
Definition Function.h:39
State encapsulating if a the variable creation has been successful, unsuccessful, or no variable has ...
Definition Compiler.h:97
static VarCreationState NotCreated()
Definition Compiler.h:101